WO2020098801A1 - 使用资源的方法和通信设备 - Google Patents

使用资源的方法和通信设备 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020098801A1
WO2020098801A1 PCT/CN2019/118914 CN2019118914W WO2020098801A1 WO 2020098801 A1 WO2020098801 A1 WO 2020098801A1 CN 2019118914 W CN2019118914 W CN 2019118914W WO 2020098801 A1 WO2020098801 A1 WO 2020098801A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
communication device
information
service
reference information
service type
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/118914
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
张莉莉
黎超
张兴炜
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020098801A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020098801A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/70—Services for machine-to-machine communication [M2M] or machine type communication [MTC]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/53—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on regulatory allocation policies
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/54—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/54—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria
    • H04W72/542—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria using measured or perceived quality

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and more specifically, to a method of using resources and a communication device.
  • the resources used by the communication device to transmit data are usually obtained in two ways, one is scheduled by the network device, and the other is the communication device seizes itself.
  • a communication device uses resources by preemption, it only needs to compare the ProSe Per-Packet Priority (PPPP) of another communication device occupying the resource to be preempted with the PPPP of the communication device itself.
  • PPPP ProSe Per-Packet Priority
  • the present application provides a method and communication device for using resources, which can improve the flexibility of preempting resources.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for using resources.
  • the method includes: a first communication device receives control information sent by a second communication device, the control information includes an offset value indication field, and the offset value indication field It is used to indicate a target offset value; the first communication device determines whether to use a target resource according to the target offset value, where the target resource is a resource occupied by the second communication device. Based on the above technical solution, the first communication device may determine whether it can occupy resources used by the second communication device according to the target offset value when needed. Therefore, the above technical solution improves the flexibility of preempting resources.
  • the first communication device determining whether to use the target resource according to the target offset value includes: the first communication device according to the second reference information and the The target offset value determines the correction reference information. Based on the above technical solution, the first communication device may determine and adjust the reference information of the second communication device to be compared according to the target offset value when needed, thereby determining whether the resources used by the second communication device can be occupied according to the adjusted reference information . Therefore, the above technical solution improves the flexibility of preempting resources.
  • the first communication device determines whether to use the target resource according to the target offset value, and further includes: the first communication device according to the first reference information, The revised reference information and the preset preemption threshold determine whether to use the target resource.
  • the first communication device may determine whether it can occupy resources used by the second communication device according to the adjusted reference information. Therefore, the above technical solution improves the flexibility of preempting resources.
  • the control information further includes a service type indication field, where the service type indication field is used to indicate a service type of the second communication device, and the first communication device According to the target offset value, determining whether to use the target resource includes: the first communication device determines whether to use the target resource according to the target offset value and the service type of the second communication device.
  • the first communication device may further determine whether the resources used by the second communication device can be occupied according to the service type of the second communication device. Therefore, the above technical solution improves the flexibility of preempting resources, and considers the service type when determining whether the target resource can be used, so that different solutions can be used to determine whether the target resource can be preempted based on different service types.
  • the service type of the second communication device is a unicast service, a multicast service, or a broadcast service; the service type of the second communication device is non-unicast Service or the unicast service; or, the service type of the second communication device is aperiodic service or periodic service.
  • the first communication device determining whether to use the target resource according to the offset value indication field and the service type of the second communication device includes: When determining that the service type of the second communication device is the unicast service or the acyclic service, the first communication device determines the modified reference information according to the second reference information and the target offset value; or the first When the communication device determines that the service type of the second communication device is the multicast service, the broadcast service, the non-unicast service, or the periodic service, according to the first reference information, the second reference information, and the preset Preemption threshold, determine whether to use the target resource.
  • the first communication device may determine whether the target resource can be occupied based on the target offset value when the priority of the service type of the second communication device is high.
  • the scheme of determining whether the target resource can be occupied based on the target offset value can make the first communication device less likely to seize resources used by the second communication device, which can better guarantee
  • the normal communication of the second communication device avoids the situation that the normal communication of the second communication device is affected by other communication devices preempting the target resource.
  • the first communication device determines whether to use the target resource according to the service type of the second communication device, and further includes: when the correction reference information is determined Next, determine whether to use the target resource according to the first reference information, the modified reference information, and a preset preemption threshold.
  • the control information further includes a transmission mode indication field, where the transmission mode indication field is used to indicate the transmission mode of the second communication device, and the first communication device
  • determining whether to use the target resource includes: the first communication device determines that the transmission mode of the second communication device is the first transmission mode, based on the second reference information and the target offset Value, determine the modified reference information, and determine whether to use the target resource based on the first reference information, the modified reference information, and the preset preemption threshold; the first communication device determines that the transmission mode of the second communication device is the second transmission In the case of the mode, it is determined whether to use the target resource according to the first reference information, the second reference information and the preset preemption threshold.
  • the first communication device may further determine whether the resources used by the second communication device can be occupied according to the transmission mode of the second communication device. Therefore, the above technical solution improves the flexibility of preempting resources, and considers the transmission mode when determining whether the target resource can be used, so that different solutions can be used to determine whether the target resource can be preempted based on different transmission modes.
  • the first reference information is priority information of the first communication device, and the second reference information is priority information of the second communication device;
  • the first reference information is quality of service QoS information of the first communication device, and the second reference information is QoS information of the second communication device.
  • the offset value indication field includes the target offset value, or, the offset value indication field includes the target offset value The target index.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for using resources.
  • the method includes: a first communication device receives control information sent by a second communication device, the control information includes a service type indication field, and the service type indication field is used for Indicates the service type of the second communication device; the first communication device determines whether to use a target resource according to the service type of the second communication device, where the target resource is a resource occupied by the second communication device.
  • the first communication device may determine whether it can occupy resources used by the second communication device according to the service type of the second communication device.
  • the above technical solution considers the service type when determining whether the target resource can be used, so that different solutions can be used to determine whether the target resource can be preempted based on different service types, which can increase the flexibility of preempting resources.
  • the service type of the second communication device is a unicast service, a multicast service, or a broadcast service; the service type of the second communication device is non-unicast Service or the unicast service; or, the service type of the second communication device is aperiodic service or periodic service.
  • the above technical solutions provide different solutions for dividing service types. Therefore, the technical solution of the present application can be applied to different service type division solutions.
  • the first communication device determining whether to use the target resource according to the service type of the second communication device includes: the first communication device is determining the first When the service type of the second communication device is the unicast service or the acyclic service, the modified reference information is determined according to the second reference information and the first target offset value; or, the first communication device is determining the second When the service type of the communication device is the multicast service, the broadcast service, the non-unicast service, or the periodic service, determine whether to use it according to the first reference information, the second reference information, and the preset preemption threshold The target resource.
  • the first communication device may determine whether the target resource can be occupied based on the target offset value when the priority of the service type of the second communication device is high.
  • the scheme of determining whether the target resource can be occupied based on the target offset value can make the first communication device less likely to seize resources used by the second communication device, which can better guarantee
  • the normal communication of the second communication device avoids the situation that the normal communication of the second communication device is affected by other communication devices preempting the target resource.
  • the first communication device determines whether to use the target resource according to the service type of the second communication device, and further includes: when the correction reference information is determined Next, determine whether to use the target resource according to the first reference information, the modified reference information, and the preset preemption threshold.
  • control information further includes an offset value indication field, where the offset value indication field is used to indicate the first target offset value.
  • the method further includes: the first communication The device receives first offset value indication information sent by the network device, and the first offset value indication information is used to indicate the first target offset value.
  • the first communication device determining whether to use the target resource according to the service type of the second communication device includes: the first communication device is determining the first When the service type of the second communication device and the service type of the first communication device are different, the modified preemption threshold is determined according to the second target offset value and the preset preemption threshold. Different business types have different priorities. In other words, the first communication device may determine whether the target resource can be occupied based on the target offset value when the priority of the service type of the second communication device is different from the priority of the service type of the first communication device.
  • the scheme of determining whether the target resource can be occupied based on the target offset value can increase or decrease the situation that the first communication device preempts resources used by the second communication device. Therefore, the above technical solution provides a solution for more flexibly adjusting whether the first communication device can seize resources used by the second communication device.
  • the first communication device determines whether to use the target resource according to the service type of the second communication device, and further includes: according to the first reference information, the second Refer to the information and the revised preemption threshold to determine whether to use the target resource.
  • control information further includes an offset value indication field, where the offset value indication field is used to indicate the second target offset value.
  • the method further includes: the first communication The device receives second offset value indication information sent by the network device, and the second offset value indication information is used to indicate the second target offset value.
  • the first communication device determining whether to use the target resource according to the service type of the second communication device includes: the first communication device is determining the first If the service type of the second communication device is the same as the service type of the first communication device, determine whether to use the target resource according to the first reference information, the second reference information, and a preset preemption threshold.
  • the first reference information is priority information of the first communication device, and the second reference information is priority information of the second communication device;
  • the first reference information is quality of service QoS information of the first communication device, and the second reference information is QoS information of the second communication device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for using resources, the method including: a first communication device acquiring at least one of first configuration information and second configuration information, where the first configuration information includes N first references Information, the second configuration information includes M second reference information, the N first reference information is different from the M second reference information, N and M are both positive integers greater than or equal to 1; the first communication device Use resources based on the obtained configuration information.
  • the first communication device can acquire different reference information, so that a method of using resources can be determined according to different reference information.
  • the N first reference information are N first priority information, and the M second reference information are M second priority information;
  • the N first reference information is N first quality of service QoS information
  • the M second reference information is M second QoS information.
  • the N first priority information and the N first QoS correspond to the first service type; the N second priority information and the The N second QoS correspond to the second service type.
  • the first service type is a unicast service
  • the second service type is any or all of a multicast service and a broadcast service; or, the The first service type is the unicast service, and the second service type is the non-unicast service; or, the first service type is the acyclic service, and the second service type is the periodic service.
  • the first communication device uses resources according to the obtained configuration information, including: the service type of the first communication device is that of the first service type
  • the first communication device sends first control information, and the first control information carries one of the N first reference information; when the service type of the first communication device is the second service type , The first communication device sends second control information, where the second control information carries one of the M second reference information.
  • the first communication device uses resources according to the obtained configuration information, including: the service type of the first communication device is that of the first service type
  • the first communication device determines whether to use the one used by the second communication device according to one of the N first reference information and the received first reference information or second reference information sent by the second communication device Resources; in the case that the service type of the first communication device is the second service type, the first communication device is based on one of the M second reference information and the received first message sent by the second communication device. Reference information or second reference information to determine whether to use resources used by the second communication device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for configuring information.
  • the method includes: a network device determines first configuration information, where the first configuration information includes N first reference information, and N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the network device determines second configuration information, the second configuration information includes M second reference information, the N first reference information is different from the M second reference information, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1;
  • the network device sends at least one of the first configuration information or the second configuration information to the communication device.
  • the first communication device can acquire different reference information, so that a method of using resources can be determined according to different reference information.
  • the N first reference information are N first priority information, and the M second reference information are M second priority information;
  • the N first reference information is N first quality of service QoS information
  • the M second reference information is M second QoS information.
  • the N first priority information and the N first QoS correspond to the first service type; the N second priority information and the The N second QoS correspond to the second service type.
  • the first service type is a unicast service
  • the second service type is any or all of a multicast service and a broadcast service
  • the first The service type is the unicast service
  • the second service type is a non-unicast service
  • the first service type is an acyclic service
  • the second service type is a periodic service.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for using resources, the method including: a first communication device acquiring at least one of third configuration information and fourth configuration information, where the third configuration information includes J threshold information, The fourth configuration information includes K threshold information, the J threshold information is different from the K threshold information, J and K are positive integers greater than or equal to 1; the first communication device uses resources according to the obtained configuration information .
  • the first communication device can acquire different configuration information, so that a method of using resources can be determined according to the different configuration information.
  • the threshold information is a comparison threshold for resource preemption;
  • the J threshold information is used to perform resources between services having a second service type Preemption comparison threshold, or a comparison threshold for resource preemption between services with a first service type;
  • the K threshold information is for services with a second service type to preempt services with a first service type Comparison threshold, or, for a service with a first service type to seize a service with a second service type.
  • the first service type is a unicast service
  • the second service type is any or all of a multicast service and a broadcast service; or, the The first service type is the unicast service, and the second service type is the non-unicast service; or, the first service type is the acyclic service, and the second service type is the periodic service.
  • the first communication device using the resource according to the obtained configuration information includes: the first communication device according to the reference information of the first communication device, the first The reference information and target threshold information of the second communication device determine whether to use the resource used by the second communication device, where the target threshold information is one of the K threshold information or one of the J threshold information.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for using resources.
  • the method includes: a network device determines third configuration information, and the third configuration information includes J threshold information; the network device determines fourth configuration information, the first Four configuration information includes K threshold information, the J threshold information is different from the K threshold information, J and K are positive integers greater than or equal to 1; the network device sends the third configuration information and the At least one of the fourth configuration information.
  • the first communication device can acquire different configuration information, so that a method of using resources can be determined according to the different configuration information.
  • the threshold information is a comparison threshold for resource preemption;
  • the J threshold information is used to perform resources between services with a second service type Preemption comparison threshold, or a comparison threshold for resource preemption between services with a first service type;
  • the K threshold information is for services with a second service type to preempt services with a first service type Comparison threshold, or, for a service with a first service type to seize a service with a second service type.
  • the first service type is a unicast service
  • the second service type is any or all of a multicast service and a broadcast service; or, the The first service type is the unicast service, and the second service type is the non-unicast service; or, the first service type is the acyclic service, and the second service type is the periodic service.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for occupying resources.
  • the method includes: a first communication device determines to use a target resource, where the target resource is a resource in a resource pool of a second communication device, and the second communication device The resource pool of is different from that of the first communication device; the first communication device sends occupation indication information, and the occupation indication information is used to indicate whether the target resource can be preempted.
  • other communication devices may determine whether the resources used by the first communication device can be occupied based on the occupation indication information sent by the first communication device.
  • the occupation indication information is included in the control information sent by the first communication device. That is, the control information sent by the first device includes a domain, and the content included in the domain is the occupation indication information.
  • the control information is sent earlier than the data information. The advance sending helps the surrounding communication devices identify conflicts earlier and avoid resource collisions.
  • the occupation indication information is independent of the control information. That is, the first communication device may send the occupancy instruction information alone or together with other information (that is, other control information).
  • the occupation instruction information is sent earlier than the control information. The advance sending helps the surrounding communication devices identify conflicts earlier and avoid resource collisions.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device including a unit for performing the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device including a unit for performing the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the device including a unit for performing any possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the third aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a network device, the device including a unit for performing the fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device including a unit for performing the fifth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a network device, the device including a unit for performing the sixth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device including a unit for performing the seventh aspect or any possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a storage medium that stores instructions for implementing the method described in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a storage medium that stores instructions for implementing the method described in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a storage medium that stores instructions for implementing the method described in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a storage medium that stores instructions for implementing the method described in the fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a storage medium that stores instructions for implementing the method described in the fifth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a storage medium that stores instructions for implementing the method described in the sixth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a storage medium that stores instructions for implementing the method described in the seventh aspect or any possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions, which, when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect. Described method.
  • the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions, which, when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to perform the foregoing second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect. Described method.
  • the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions that, when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to perform the third aspect or any possible implementation manner of the third aspect. Described method.
  • the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions that, when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect. Described method.
  • the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions that, when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to perform the fifth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect. Described method.
  • the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions that, when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to perform the sixth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect. Described method.
  • the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions that, when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to perform the seventh aspect or any possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect. Described method.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip including a module for performing the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip including a module for performing the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip including a module for performing the third aspect or any possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip including a module for performing the fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip including a module for performing the fifth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip including a module for performing the sixth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip including a module for performing the seventh aspect or any possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of D2D network coverage.
  • Figure 2 shows a schematic diagram of Mode 1.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for using resources according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of another method for using resources according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another method for using resources according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another method for using resources according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another method for using resources according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a method for using resources according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another method for using resources according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a structural block diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a structural block diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • At least one refers to one or more, and “multiple” refers to two or more.
  • “And / or” describes the relationship of the related objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and / or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the related object is a "or” relationship.
  • “At least one of the following” or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of single items or plural items.
  • At least one (a) of a, b, or c may represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, and c may be single or multiple.
  • the words "first” and “second” do not limit the number and the execution order.
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • LTE-Advanced LTE-A
  • LTE Frequency division duplex FDD
  • TDD time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • the communication device mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device.
  • the terminal device in the embodiments of the present application may refer to user equipment, access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user Agent or user device.
  • Terminal devices can also be cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (personal digital assistants, PDAs), wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in future 5G networks or public land mobile communication networks (PLMN) in the future evolution
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDAs personal digital assistants
  • wireless communication Functional handheld devices computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in future 5G networks or public land mobile communication networks (PLMN) in the future evolution
  • PLMN public land mobile communication networks
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device for communicating with a terminal device, and the network device may be a global system for mobile (GSM) system or code division multiple access (CDMA)
  • the base station (base transceiver) (BTS) in the system can also be the base station (NodeB, NB) in the wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system or the evolved base station (evoled) in the LTE system NodeB, eNB or eNodeB), or a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or the network device can be a relay station, an access point, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, and future
  • the network equipment (such as gNB) in the 5G network or the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, etc. are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • the hardware layer includes central processing unit (CPU), memory management unit (memory management unit, MMU), and memory (also called main memory) and other hardware.
  • the operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processes through processes, for example, a Linux operating system, a Unix operating system, an Android operating system, an iOS operating system, or a windows operating system.
  • the application layer includes browser, address book, word processing software, instant messaging software and other applications.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, as long as it can run the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application to provide according to the embodiment of the present application
  • the method may be used for communication.
  • the execution body of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or network device that can call a program and execute the program.
  • the term "article of manufacture” as used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium.
  • the computer-readable medium may include, but is not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or magnetic tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CDs), digital universal discs (digital discs, DVDs) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.).
  • various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and / or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • machine-readable medium may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and / or carrying instructions and / or data.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be applied to device-to-device (device to device, D2D) communication.
  • D2D device to device
  • Devices that utilize D2D communication can be referred to as D2D devices.
  • the communication device mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may also be a D2D device.
  • D2D communication links ie, side links (SL)
  • SL side links
  • D2D communication does not use downlink (that is, network equipment to terminal equipment) spectrum resources, but only reuses uplink (that is, terminal equipment to network equipment) spectrum resources. Because the anti-interference ability of network equipment is much better than ordinary terminal equipment. D2D devices are more likely to be time-division multiplexed on this upstream spectrum resource, so that they do not need to support simultaneous transmission and reception, and only need to send or receive at a time.
  • D2D scenes can be divided into network coverage, network coverage and not part of a network covering three kinds of devices.
  • D2D devices are within the coverage of network devices in scenarios with network coverage; some D2D devices are within the coverage of network devices in some network coverage scenarios, and other D2D devices are not in the coverage of network devices; in scenarios without network coverage , All D2D devices are not in the coverage of network devices. If the terminal device can hear the signal of the network device, it is the terminal device within the network coverage. If the terminal device can hear the signal of the terminal device within the network coverage, it is part of the network coverage terminal device.
  • terminal device 1 belongs to a terminal device within the network coverage
  • terminal device 2 belongs to a part of network coverage terminal devices
  • terminal device 3, terminal device 4, and terminal device 5 belong to terminal devices outside the network coverage.
  • D2D communication can be divided into D2D device discovery and D2D device communication.
  • D2D device discovery only sends discovery signals.
  • D2D device communication sends scheduling assignments (SA) and data.
  • SA scheduling assignments
  • the D2D communication link is called a sidelink (sidelink, SL).
  • the resource allocation for D2D device communication now has two modes.
  • Mode 1 It is a centralized control method. D2D resources are allocated by a central control device such as a network device or a relay station. The resources are allocated to the sending terminal through scheduling. The centralized control resource allocation is mainly for the network. Cover the scene.
  • Mode 2 It is a distributed resource multiplexing method based on competition.
  • the sending device obtains the sending resources from the resource pool by means of competition.
  • a resource pool is a whole block of resources divided by network devices, and all D2D devices compete for small blocks of resources in this whole block of resources.
  • the resource pool is a D2D device that can obtain a predefined system bandwidth, and all D2D devices compete for resources under the predefined resources.
  • Type 1 It is a distributed resource multiplexing method based on competition.
  • the sending device obtains the sending resources from the resource pool by means of competition.
  • a resource pool is a whole block of resources divided by network devices, and all D2D devices compete for small blocks of resources in this whole block of resources.
  • the resource pool is a D2D device that can obtain a predefined system bandwidth, and all D2D devices compete for resources under the predefined resources.
  • Type 2 It is a centralized control method. D2D resources are allocated by a central control device such as a network device or a relay station. The resources are allocated to the sending terminal through scheduling. The centralized control resource allocation is mainly for the network. Cover the scene.
  • the sending device first sends a scheduling assignment (SA), (repeats twice), such as sidelink control information (sidelink control information, SCI), which carries the resource information of the data packet, and then Send a data packet (repeatedly sent 4 times).
  • SA scheduling assignment
  • SCI sidelink control information
  • FIG 2 shows a schematic diagram of Mode 1.
  • Mode 2 is similar, except that there is no network device.
  • the resources are randomly selected by the sending device or based on automatic sensing / detection to find available resources; the receiving device first Blindly inspect SA, and receive data packets according to the resource information of the data packets carried therein.
  • the automatic sensing / detection described therein to find available resources includes performing signal strength or signal energy detection, and detecting SCI sent by surrounding devices, so as to determine which resources can be used.
  • SCI format 0 SCI format 0
  • Table 1 The fields included in SCI format 0 are as shown in Table 1 below.
  • V2X Vehicle to Everything
  • V2X as a major application of D2D technology was successfully established. V2X will optimize the specific application requirements of V2X based on the existing D2D technology. It is necessary to further reduce the access delay of V2X equipment and solve the resource conflict problem.
  • V2X specifically includes vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P), vehicle-to-infrastructure (V2I), vehicle-to-network (V2I) requirements.
  • V2V refers to communication between vehicles based on mobile networks;
  • V2P refers to communication between vehicles and people (including pedestrians, cyclists, drivers, or passengers) based on mobile networks;
  • V2I refers to vehicles and vehicles based on mobile networks Roadside unit (Road Side Unit, RSU) communication;
  • V2N refers to the communication between the vehicle and the base station / network based on the mobile network.
  • RSU can include two types: terminal equipment type RSU, because it is placed on the roadside, the terminal type RSU is in a non-mobile state, no need to consider mobility; network equipment type RSU, can provide timing for vehicles with which it communicates Synchronization and resource scheduling.
  • the transmission resources of the entire V2X can be divided into several sub-channels.
  • the control information and data resources sent and received are also relatively fixed.
  • the receiving end receives the SA in the resource pool where the control information is located, and then further decodes the data according to the control information carried in the SA.
  • a sub-channel contains several resource blocks (RBs) that are continuous in the frequency domain.
  • the size of the sub-channel can be configured by the network device or pre-configured in advance. Any sub-channel can be used to transmit V2X data information.
  • RB resource blocks
  • Any sub-channel can be used to transmit V2X data information.
  • a sub-channel starting from the lowest RB index (lowest index of the RB), a total of two consecutive RBs are physical sidelink control channels (PSCCH), which are used to transmit V2X control.
  • PSSCH physical sidelink shared channels
  • a subframe, a slot, or a symbol is the basic unit.
  • SA and data are in the form of frequency division multiplexing (FDM) in the frequency domain, and jointly occupy the entire subframe in the time domain. It should be understood that multiple sub-channels may be included in a partial bandwidth (BWP).
  • FDM frequency division multiplexing
  • PSCCH and PSSCH may be separated in time domain resources and separated in frequency domain resources. Or, overlapped and PSCCH is a part of it. When resources are divided, they may be combined with reference to the above-mentioned various time-domain units and frequency-domain units.
  • the embodiments of the present application can be applied to D2D communication.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device in the embodiments of the present application may be two terminal devices.
  • the embodiments of the present application can be applied to V2X.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device in the embodiments of the present application may be two vehicles or in-vehicle devices provided in the vehicle.
  • the first communication device may be a vehicle or an in-vehicle device provided in the vehicle
  • the second communication device may be a terminal device carried by a pedestrian, such as a mobile phone, a wearable device with a wireless communication function, and the like.
  • the second communication device may be a vehicle or an in-vehicle device provided in the vehicle
  • the first communication device may be a terminal device carried by a pedestrian, such as a mobile phone, a wearable device with a wireless communication function, and the like.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device may be different terminal devices carried by pedestrians, such as mobile phones, wearable devices with wireless communication functions, and the like.
  • the first communication device may be a vehicle or an on-board device provided in the vehicle, and the second communication device may be a network device.
  • the second communication device may be a vehicle or an in-vehicle device provided in the vehicle, and the first communication device may be a network device.
  • the first communication device may be a vehicle or an on-board device provided in the vehicle, and the second communication device may be an RSU.
  • the second communication device may be a vehicle or an on-board device provided in the vehicle, and the second communication device may be an RSU.
  • the service type mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may also be called a communication type.
  • the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below in conjunction with specific examples. It should be noted that this is only to help those skilled in the art to better understand the embodiments of the present application, and does not limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for using resources according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first communication device receives control information sent by the second communication device.
  • the control information includes an offset value indication field, and the offset value indication field is used to indicate a target offset value.
  • the first communication device determines whether to use a target resource according to the target offset value, where the target resource is a resource occupied by the second communication device.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device may use the same resources to transmit data.
  • the resources referred to in the embodiments of the present application may be at least one of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, or space domain resources.
  • the time domain resource may be any one or more of a symbol, a slot sub, a mini-slot, or a subframe The combination.
  • the resource may be a resource element (resource, element), a resource block (resource block, RB), a physical resource block (physical resource block, PRB), and a sub-channel (sub-channel channel) any combination of one or more.
  • the resource is a spatial domain resource
  • the resource may be a beam or an antenna port.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applied to D2D communication or V2X, therefore, the resources in the embodiments of the present application may be side link resources.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device may share the same resource pool, and the resource pool includes multiple resources.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device may use resources in the resource pool to transmit data.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device use different resource pools.
  • the first communication device may occupy resources in the resource pool used by the second communication device.
  • the second communication device When using a certain resource (for example, the target resource) to transmit data, the second communication device sends control information, and the control information may include reference information of the second communication device.
  • the reference information may be priority information.
  • the reference information may be PPPP.
  • the reference information may be a preset priority of the communication device.
  • the reference information may be quality of service (QoS) information.
  • the QoS information may be the QoS level.
  • the QoS level may be a QoS identification (QoS identification), and the QoS level may also be a QoS index (QoS index).
  • the reference information of the first communication device is referred to as first reference information
  • the reference information of the second communication device is referred to as second reference information.
  • control information may be scheduling control information (scheduling control information, SCI).
  • SCI scheduling control information
  • SCI may be downlink control information (DCI) 5A.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the SCI may be DCI X.
  • the control information may be DCI 5B or DCI Y.
  • unicast refers to point-to-point transmission, that is, data transmission between one communication device and another communication device; groupcast may also be referred to as multicast, Point-to-multipoint transmission, that is, data transmission between one communication device and several other communication devices, where several other communication devices and one communication device belong to the same group or the same set; broadcast also refers to point-to-multipoint Transmission, that is, a communication device performs data transmission with surrounding communication devices, and the surrounding communication devices all monitor, detect, and analyze data.
  • channel measurement feedback and / or data transmission feedback will be considered in unicast; channel measurement feedback and / or data transmission feedback may be considered in multicast; channel measurement feedback and / or data transmission feedback are generally not considered in broadcasting . Therefore, when unicast is transmitted with multicast / broadcast, the priority of unicast will be higher; when multicast is transmitted with broadcast, the priority of multicast will be higher.
  • the data transmitted by the communication device may be divided into aperiodic data (periodical data) and periodic data (periodical data).
  • Non-periodic data transmission is triggered dynamically, not periodically; periodic data is semi-static configuration or semi-static configuration plus dynamic trigger, is transmitted periodically, or in a certain window (window ) Or duration (duration), periodically transmitted.
  • window window
  • duration duration
  • the service type of data transmission may include one or more scenarios of unicast, multicast, or broadcast.
  • the above can also be summarized as: the service type of data transmission may include unicast or one or more situations in non-unicast.
  • the service type of data transmission may also include aperiodic, and one or more situations in periodicity.
  • the second communication device may determine the content carried by the control information according to the service type of the second communication device.
  • the service type of the communication device in the embodiments of the present application refers to a service type of data transmission performed by the communication device using occupied resources (that is, the target resource).
  • the control information sent by the second communication device includes the offset value indication field; if the second communication device If the service type is a multicast service, a multicast service, or a non-unicast service, the control information sent by the second communication device does not include the offset value indication field.
  • the control information sent by the second communication device includes the offset value indication field; if the service of the second communication device The type is periodic service, then the control information sent by the second communication device does not include the offset value indication field.
  • the control information sent by the second communication device includes the offset value indication field; if the second communication device If the service type is a multicast service, the control information sent by the second communication device does not include the offset value indication field.
  • the second communication device may indirectly indicate or implicitly indicate the service type of the second communication device through whether the control information includes an offset value indication field.
  • the offset value indication field may be replaced with specific indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the reference information contained in the control information needs to be amended.
  • the need to modify the reference information contained in the control information includes, the reference information contained in the control information needs to be improved, or the reference information contained in the control information needs to be reduced.
  • the second communication device may indirectly indicate or implicitly indicate the service type of the second communication device through whether the control information includes the indication information.
  • the offset value indication field may be replaced with specific indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the reference information included in the control information needs to be corrected.
  • whether the reference information included in the control information needs to be modified includes whether the reference information included in the control information needs to be modified, or the reference information included in the control information does not need to be modified.
  • the need to modify the reference information contained in the control information may further include that the reference information contained in the control information needs to be improved, or the reference information contained in the control information needs to be reduced. That is, the second communication device may indirectly indicate or implicitly indicate the service type of the second communication device through whether the control information includes the indication information.
  • the first communication device may use the reference information in the control information (that is, the second reference information ), The reference information of the first communication device itself (hereinafter referred to as first reference information) and the target offset value indicated by the offset value indication field to determine whether to use the target resource. If the control information received by the first communication device and sent by the second communication device does not include the offset value indication field, the first communication device may directly determine based on the first reference information and the second reference information Whether to use the target resource.
  • the control information sent by the second communication device includes the offset value indication field and the offset value indication field The indicated target offset value is not 0; if the service type of the second communication device is a multicast service, a multicast service or a non-unicast service, the control information sent by the second communication device includes the offset value indication Field and the offset value indicates that the target offset value indicated by the field is 0.
  • the control information sent by the second communication device includes the offset value indication field and the offset value indication field indicates The target offset value of is not 0; if the service type of the second communication device is a periodic service, the control information sent by the second communication device includes the offset value indication field and the offset value indication field indicates The target offset value is 0.
  • the control information sent by the second communication device includes the offset value indication field and the offset value indication field The indicated target offset value is not 0; if the service type of the second communication device is a multicast service, the control information sent by the second communication device includes the offset value indication field and the offset value indication field The indicated target offset value is 0.
  • the second communication device may indirectly indicate the service type of the second communication device through the value of the target offset value indicated by the offset value indication field.
  • the first communication device may Reference information (that is, the second reference information), the reference information of the first communication device itself (hereinafter referred to as first reference information), and the target offset value indicated by the offset value indication field to determine whether to use the target resource . If the target offset value indicated by the offset value indication field included in the control information sent by the second communication device received by the first communication device is 0, the first communication device may directly use the first reference The information and the second reference information determine whether to use the target resource.
  • the offset value indication field may include a specific value of the target offset value.
  • the offset value indication field may include the target offset value.
  • the first communication device may store a correspondence relationship, and the correspondence relationship may include multiple offset values and multiple indexes, and the multiple offset values and the multiple indexes One to one correspondence.
  • the offset value indication field may include an index of the target offset value.
  • the first communication device may determine the target offset value according to the index of the target offset value and the corresponding relationship.
  • the correspondence stored in the first communication device may be a correspondence configured in advance, or the configuration of the correspondence received from the network device.
  • the network device can receive through radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) signaling or medium access control (MAC) signaling.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • MAC medium access control
  • the first communication device determining whether to use the target resource according to the first reference information, the second reference information, and the target offset value includes: the first communication device according to the second The reference information and the target offset value determine the modified reference information; based on the first reference information and the modified reference information, determine whether to use the target resource.
  • the first communication device determining the correction reference information according to the second reference information and the target offset value may be: the first communication device determines that the correction reference information is the second reference information The sum of this target offset value.
  • the second reference information is the QoS identifier or QoS index of the second communication device.
  • the first communication device determining the modified reference information according to the second reference information and the target offset value may be: the first communication device determines that the modified reference information is the second Refer to the product of the target offset value in the information field.
  • the second reference information is the PPPP of the second communication device.
  • the second reference information is the QoS identifier of the second communication device.
  • the first communication device determining the modified reference information according to the second reference information and the target offset value may be: the first communication device determines that the modified reference information is the second Refer to the quotient of the target offset value in the information field.
  • the second reference information is the PPPP of the second communication device.
  • the second reference information is the QoS identifier of the second communication device.
  • the first communication device may also determine the correction reference information according to a function.
  • the function is a binary function.
  • the second reference information and the target offset value are independent variables of the binary function, and the dependent variable of the binary function is the modified reference information.
  • the correction reference information PPPP2 ', where PPPP2' PPPP2 + offset + 2, where offset represents the target offset value
  • the target offset value may be greater than Or a positive integer equal to 1.
  • the first communication device determining whether to use the target resource according to the first reference information, the second reference information, and the target offset value includes: the first communication device according to the first The reference information and the target offset value determine the modified reference information; based on the second reference information and the modified reference information, determine whether to use the target resource.
  • the first communication device determining the correction reference information according to the second reference information and the target offset value may be: the first communication device determines that the correction reference information is the first reference information The difference from the target offset value.
  • the first reference information is PPPP of the first communication device.
  • the first reference information is the QoS identifier of the first communication device.
  • the first communication device determining the modified reference information according to the first reference information and the target offset value may be: the first communication device determines that the modified reference information is the first Refer to the product of the target offset value in the information field.
  • the first reference information is PPPP of the first communication device.
  • the first reference information is the QoS identifier of the first communication device.
  • the first communication device determining the modified reference information according to the first reference information and the target offset value may be: the first communication device determines that the modified reference information is the first Refer to the quotient of the target offset value in the information field.
  • the first reference information is PPPP of the first communication device.
  • the first reference information is the QoS identifier of the second communication device.
  • the first communication device may also determine the correction reference information according to a function.
  • the function is a binary function.
  • the first reference information and the target offset value are independent variables of the binary function, and the dependent variable of the binary function is the modified reference information.
  • the correction reference information PPPP1 ', where PPPP1' PPPP1 + offset + 2, where offset represents the target offset value, which may be greater than Or a positive integer equal to 1.
  • the detection communication device when the detection communication device detects a resource, it is necessary to obtain PPPP in the control information on the detected resource, and the specific location of the resource (called the target resource), and according to the detection of the communication device's own PPPP and the detected Compare the PPPP on the resource to the resource.
  • the target resource the specific location of the resource
  • the corresponding threshold at the intersection of the PPPP of the detected communication device and the PPPP on the detected resource can be taken.
  • the threshold can be referred to as a target threshold. If the signal strength of the target resource meets the target threshold, or if the signal strength of the control information is less than or equal to the target threshold, the target resource can be used, otherwise the target resource cannot be used.
  • the signal strength of the target resource meeting the target threshold refers to detecting that the signal strength detected by the communication device at the target resource is less than or equal to the target threshold.
  • the signal strength of the control information meeting the target threshold means that the signal strength of the detected control information SCI is less than or equal to the target threshold.
  • the detected signal strength may be reference signal received power (ReferenceSignalReceivedPower, RSRP), reference signal received quality (ReferenceSignalReceivedQuality, RSRQ), received signal strength indication (receivedsignalstrengthindicator, RSSI), signal and interference Any of the signal-to-interference-plus-noise ratio (SINR).
  • PPPP1a to PPPP8a in Table 2 represent PPPPP for detecting communication devices, and PPPP1b to PPPP8b represent PPPP in control information, where PPPP1a to PPPP8a are different PPPPs, respectively.
  • PPPP1b to PPPP8b are different PPPP.
  • any two PPPPs from PPPP1b to PPPP8b are different.
  • PPPP1a and PPPP1b can be the same, PPPP2a and PPPP2b can be the same, and so on.
  • the preset preemption threshold shown in Table 2 includes 64 thresholds in total.
  • any two thresholds from TH1 to TH64 are different.
  • the partial thresholds in the middle of TH1 to TH64 may be the same.
  • the target threshold is TH6.
  • the target threshold is TH57.
  • Table 2 shows the correspondence between the eight PPPPs detected by the communication device itself and the PPPPs on the 8 detected resources.
  • the preset preemption thresholds include a total of 64 thresholds.
  • the corresponding relationship between the PPPPP of the detected communication device and the PPPP on the detected resource may also be other numbers, such as 6 ⁇ 6, 12 ⁇ 12, etc.
  • the number of preset preemption thresholds It can be other numbers, which are not listed here.
  • the first communication device determines whether to use the target resource according to the first reference information, the modified reference message, and a preset preemption threshold, including: the first communication device according to the first The reference information and the modified reference information determine the target threshold from the preset preemption threshold; if the signal strength of the target resource satisfies the target threshold, or if the signal strength of the control information is less than or equal to the target threshold, you can use the The target resource, otherwise the target resource cannot be used.
  • the signal strength of the target resource meeting the target threshold means that the signal strength detected at the target resource is less than or equal to the target threshold.
  • the detected signal strength may be any one of RSRP, RSRQ, RSSI, and SINR.
  • the preset preemption threshold shown in Table 2 includes a total of 64 thresholds.
  • the first communication device may determine the target threshold from the preset preemption threshold in the following manner: the first communication device may determine the first reference information (that is, the PPPP of the first communication device) and the modified reference information (that is, according to The threshold at the intersection of the PPPP of the second communication device and the modified PPPP determined by the target offset value in Table 2 is the target threshold.
  • the target threshold is TH6 if the PPPP of the first communication device is PPPP1a and the modified PPPP is PPPP6b.
  • the target threshold is TH57.
  • the first communication device determines whether to use the specific implementation manner of the target resource according to the second reference information, the modified reference information and the preset preemption threshold and the first communication device according to the first reference information and the modified reference information And the specific implementation manner of determining whether to use the target resource by the preset preemption threshold is similar, and it is not necessary to repeat them here.
  • the first communication device determines whether to use the target resource according to the first reference information, the second reference information, and a preset preemption threshold, including: the first communication device according to the first reference information and The second reference information determines a target threshold from a preset preemption threshold; if the signal strength of the target resource meets the target threshold, or if the signal strength of the control information is less than or equal to the target threshold, the target resource can be used , Otherwise the target resource cannot be used.
  • the signal strength of the target resource meeting the target threshold means that the signal strength detected at the target resource is less than or equal to the target threshold.
  • the detected signal strength may be any one of RSRP, RSRQ, RSSI, and SINR.
  • the preset preemption threshold shown in Table 2 includes a total of 64 thresholds.
  • the first communication device may determine the target threshold from the preset preemption threshold in the following manner: the first communication device may determine the first reference information (that is, the PPPP of the first communication device) and the second reference information (that is, The threshold of the PPPP of the second communication device at the intersection in Table 2 is the target threshold.
  • the target threshold is TH6.
  • the target threshold is TH57.
  • the preset preemption threshold may be configured by the base station and sent to the first communication device.
  • the preset preemption threshold corresponding to different reference information may be different.
  • the preemption threshold corresponding to priority information may be different from the preemption threshold corresponding to QoS information.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of another method for using resources according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first communication device receives control information sent by the second communication device, where the control information includes a service type indication field, where the service type indication field is used to indicate the service type of the second communication device.
  • the first communication device determines whether to use a target resource according to the service type of the second communication device, where the target resource is a resource used by the second communication device.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device may use the same resources to transmit data.
  • the resources referred to in the embodiments of the present application may be at least one of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, or space domain resources.
  • the time domain resource may be any one or more of a symbol, a slot sub, a mini-slot, or a subframe The combination.
  • the resource may be a resource element (resource, element), a resource block (resource block, RB), a physical resource block (physical resource block, PRB), and a sub-channel (sub-channel channel) any combination of one or more.
  • the resource is a spatial domain resource
  • the resource may be a beam or an antenna port.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applied to D2D communication or V2X, therefore, the resources in the embodiments of the present application may be side link resources.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device may share the same resource pool, and the resource pool includes multiple resources.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device may use resources in the resource pool to transmit data.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device use different resource pools.
  • the first communication device may occupy resources in the resource pool used by the second communication device.
  • the second communication device When using a certain resource (for example, the target resource) to transmit data, the second communication device sends control information, and the control information may include reference information of the second communication device.
  • the reference information may be priority information.
  • the reference information may be PPPP.
  • the reference information may be a preset priority of the communication device.
  • the reference information may be quality of service (QoS) information.
  • the QoS information may be the QoS level.
  • the QoS level may be a QoS identification (QoS identification), and the QoS level may also be a QoS index (QoS index).
  • the reference information of the first communication device is referred to as first reference information
  • the reference information of the second communication device is referred to as second reference information.
  • control information may be scheduling control information (scheduling control information, SCI).
  • SCI scheduling control information
  • SCI may be downlink control information (DCI) 5A.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the SCI may be DCI X.
  • the control information may be DCI 5B or DCI Y.
  • the service type of the communication device includes any two or all of the unicast service, the multicast service, and the broadcast service.
  • the service type of the second communication device may be a unicast service or a multicast service or a broadcast service.
  • the service type of the communication device may include aperiodic service and periodic service.
  • the service type of the second communication device may be aperiodic service or periodic service.
  • the service type of the communication device may include multicast service and broadcast service.
  • the service type of the second communication device may be a multicast service or a broadcast service.
  • the service type indication field may include only 1 bit.
  • the service type indication field is a unicast service
  • the value of the bit is 1, it indicates that the service type indication field The indicated service type of the second communication device is a multicast service.
  • this bit indicates that the service type of the second communication device indicated by the service type indication field is a unicast service; if the value of this bit is 1, it indicates that the service type indication field The indicated service type of the second communication device is a broadcast service.
  • the value of the bit is 0, it indicates that the service type of the second communication device indicated by the service type indication field is a unicast service; if the value of the bit is 1, it indicates that the service type is indicated The service type of the second communication device indicated by the domain is a non-unicast service.
  • the value of the bit is 0, it indicates that the service type of the second communication device indicated by the service type indication field is an acyclic service; if the value of the bit is 1, it indicates that the service type indication field The indicated service type of the second communication device is periodic service.
  • the value of the bit is 0, it indicates that the service type of the second communication device indicated by the service type indication field is a multicast service; if the value of the bit is 1, it indicates the service type indication The service type of the second communication device indicated by the domain is broadcast service.
  • the service type indication field may be 2 bits or more.
  • the service type indication field is 00, it means that the service type of the second communication device is a unicast service; if the service type indication field is 01, it means that the service type of the second communication device is Multicast service; if the service type indication field is 10, it indicates that the service type of the second communication device is a broadcast service.
  • the service type indication field is 00, it indicates that the service type of the second communication device is a unicast service; and if the service type indication field is 11, it indicates that the service type of the second communication device is a non-unicast service.
  • the service type indication field is 00, it means that the service type of the second communication device is aperiodic service; if the service type indication field is 11, it means that the service type of the second communication device is periodic service.
  • the service type indication field is 00, it indicates that the service type of the second communication device is a multicast service; and if the service type indication field is 11, it indicates that the service type of the second communication device is a broadcast service.
  • the service type indication field is 000, it means that the service type of the second communication device is a unicast service; if the service type indication field is 001, it means that the service type of the second communication device is Multicast service; if the service type indication field is 010, it means that the service type of the second communication device is broadcast service; if the service type indication field is 011, it means that the service type of the second communication device is aperiodic service; If the service type indication field is 100, it indicates that the service type of the second communication device is a periodic service; if the service type indication field is 101, it indicates that the service type of the second communication device is a non-unicast service.
  • the first communication device determines whether to use the target resource according to the service type of the second communication device, including: the first communication device determines that the service type of the second communication device is single In the case of a multicast service, you can determine whether to use the target resource based on the first reference information, the second reference information, and the target offset value; the first communication device determines that the service type of the second communication device is a multicast service or In the case of a broadcast service, it may be determined whether to use the target resource according to the first reference information and the second reference information.
  • the first communication device determines whether to use the target resource according to the service type of the second communication device, including: the first communication device determines that the service type of the second communication device is single In the case of a broadcast service, the first reference information, the second reference information, and the target offset value may be used to determine whether to use the target resource; the first communication device determines that the service type of the second communication device is a non-unicast service In the case of, it may be determined whether to use the target resource according to the first reference information and the second reference information.
  • the first communication device determining whether to use the target resource according to the service type of the second communication device includes: the first communication device is determining that the service type of the second communication device is a group In the case of a broadcast service, the first reference information, the second reference information, and the target offset value may be used to determine whether to use the target resource; when the first communication device determines that the service type of the second communication device is a broadcast service Next, it may be determined whether to use the target resource according to the first reference information and the second reference information.
  • the first communication device determines whether to use the target resource according to the service type of the second communication device, which includes: the first communication device determines that the service type of the second communication device is not In the case of a periodic service, it may be determined whether to use the target resource according to the first reference information, the second reference information and the target offset value; when the first communication device determines that the service type of the second communication device is a periodic service Next, it may be determined whether to use the target resource according to the first reference information and the second reference information.
  • the first communication device determines whether to use the target resource according to the first reference information, the second reference information, and the target offset value. For a specific implementation manner, reference may be made to the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, and details are not described here.
  • the first communication device determines whether to use the target resource according to the first reference information and the second reference information. For a specific implementation manner, reference may be made to the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, and details are not described here.
  • the target offset value may be preset in the first communication device.
  • the target offset value may be sent by the network device to the first communication device.
  • the first communication device may also receive offset value indication information sent by the network device, where the offset value indication information is used to indicate the target offset value.
  • the offset value indication information may be carried in a Radio Resource Control (RRC) message.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the offset value indication information may also be carried in a medium access control (medium access control, MAC) message.
  • the RRC message may be a broadcast message or a dedicated message specific to the communication device.
  • control information sent by the second communication device may further include an offset value indication field, where the offset value indication field is used to indicate the target offset value.
  • the offset value indication field may directly indicate the target offset value (that is, the offset value indication field includes the target offset value).
  • the offset value indication field may also indirectly indicate the target offset value.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another method for using resources according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first communication device receives control information sent by the second communication device, where the control information includes a service type indication field, where the service type indication field is used to indicate the service type of the second communication device.
  • the first communication device determines whether to use a target resource according to the service type of the second communication device and the service type of the first communication device, where the target resource is a resource used by the second communication device.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device may use the same resources to transmit data.
  • the resources referred to in the embodiments of the present application may be at least one of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, or space domain resources.
  • the time domain resource may be any one or more of a symbol, a slot sub, a mini-slot, or a subframe The combination.
  • the resource may be a resource element (resource, element), a resource block (resource block, RB), a physical resource block (physical resource block, PRB), and a sub-channel (sub-channel channel) any combination of one or more.
  • the resource is a spatial domain resource
  • the resource may be a beam or an antenna port.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applied to D2D communication or V2X, therefore, the resources in the embodiments of the present application may be side link resources.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device may share the same resource pool, and the resource pool includes multiple resources.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device may use resources in the resource pool to transmit data.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device use different resource pools.
  • the first communication device may occupy resources in the resource pool used by the second communication device.
  • the second communication device When using a certain resource (for example, the target resource) to transmit data, the second communication device sends control information, and the control information may include reference information of the second communication device.
  • the reference information may be priority information.
  • the reference information may be PPPP.
  • the reference information may be a preset priority of the communication device.
  • the reference information may be quality of service (QoS) information.
  • the QoS information may be the QoS level.
  • the QoS level may be a QoS identification (QoS identification), and the QoS level may also be a QoS index (QoS index).
  • the reference information of the first communication device is referred to as first reference information
  • the reference information of the second communication device is referred to as second reference information.
  • control information may be scheduling control information (scheduling control information, SCI).
  • SCI scheduling control information
  • the SCI may be downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI) 5A.
  • the SCI may be DCI X.
  • the control information may be DCI 5B or DCI Y.
  • the service type of the communication device includes any two or all of the unicast service, the multicast service, and the broadcast service.
  • the service type of the second communication device may be a unicast service or a multicast service or a broadcast service
  • the service type of the first communication device may be a unicast service or a multicast service or a broadcast service.
  • the service type of the communication device may include aperiodic service and periodic service.
  • the service type of the second communication device may be aperiodic service or periodic service
  • the service type of the first communication device may be aperiodic service or periodic service.
  • the service type of the communication device may include multicast service and broadcast service.
  • the service type of the second communication device may be a multicast service or a broadcast service
  • the service type of the second communication device may be a multicast service or a broadcast service.
  • the service type indication field indicates the service type of the second communication device.
  • the target offset value may be used to represent the offset value used to revise the preemption threshold, so the target preemption threshold and the preset preemption threshold may be used to determine the modified preemption threshold.
  • the first communication device according to the service type of the second communication device (hereinafter referred to as the second service type) and the service type of the first communication device (hereinafter referred to as the first service type), Determining whether to use the target resource includes: if the first communication device determines that the service type of the first communication device is different from the service type of the second communication device, determining the modified preemption threshold according to the target offset value and the preset preemption threshold, Then, according to the first reference information, the second reference information, and the modified preemption threshold, it is determined whether the target resource can be used.
  • the revised preemption threshold is determined according to the target offset value and the preset preemption threshold; according to the first A reference information, the second reference information and the modified preemption threshold, to determine whether to use the target resource.
  • the revised preemption threshold is determined according to the target offset value and the preset preemption threshold; according to the The first reference information, the second reference information, and the modified preemption threshold determine whether to use the target resource.
  • the modified preemption threshold is determined according to the target offset value and the preset preemption threshold;
  • the first reference information, the second reference information, and the modified preemption threshold determine whether to use the target resource.
  • the modified preemption threshold is determined according to the target offset value and the preset preemption threshold;
  • the first reference information, the second reference information, and the modified preemption threshold determine whether to use the target resource.
  • the revised preemption threshold is determined according to the target offset value and the preset preemption threshold; According to the first reference information, the second reference information, and the modified preemption threshold, it is determined whether to use the target resource.
  • the revised preemption threshold is determined according to the target offset value and the preset preemption threshold; According to the first reference information, the second reference information, and the modified preemption threshold, it is determined whether to use the target resource.
  • the revised preemption threshold is determined according to the target offset value and the preset preemption threshold; according to the The first reference information, the second reference information, and the modified preemption threshold determine whether to use the target resource.
  • the modified preemption threshold is determined according to the target offset value and the preset preemption threshold; according to the The first reference information, the second reference information, and the modified preemption threshold determine whether to use the target resource.
  • the first communication device determines that the first service type is an acyclic service and the second service type is a periodic service, then according to the target offset value and the preset preemption threshold, a modified preemption threshold is determined; according to the The first reference information, the second reference information, and the modified preemption threshold determine whether to use the target resource.
  • the revised preemption threshold is determined according to the target offset value and the preset preemption threshold; according to the The first reference information, the second reference information, and the modified preemption threshold determine whether to use the target resource.
  • determining the modified preemption threshold based on the target offset value and the preset preemption threshold includes: if the first service type is a unicast service and the second service type is a broadcast service , The modified preemption threshold is the sum of the preset preemption threshold and the target offset value; if the first service is a broadcast service and the second service is a unicast service, the modified preemption threshold is the preset preemption threshold The difference from the target offset value.
  • Table 3 is a schematic diagram of a modified preemption threshold determined according to the preset preemption threshold and the target offset value when the first service type is a unicast service and the second service type is a broadcast service.
  • PPPP1a to PPPP8a represent PPPP of the first communication device
  • PPPP1b to PPPP8b represent PPPP of the second communication device, where PPPP1a to PPPP8a are different PPPPs, respectively.
  • any two PPPPs from PPPP1a to PPPP8a are different.
  • PPPP1b to PPPP8b are different PPPP.
  • any two PPPPs from PPPP1b to PPPP8b are different.
  • PPPP1a and PPPP1b can be the same
  • PPPP2a and PPPP2b can be the same, and so on.
  • each of the modified preemption thresholds is the sum of the corresponding preset preemption threshold and the target offset value.
  • Table 4 is a schematic diagram of a modified preemption threshold determined according to the preset preemption threshold and the target offset value when the first service is a broadcast service and the second service is a unicast service.
  • PPPP1a to PPPP8a in Table 4 represent PPPP of the first communication device
  • PPPP1b to PPPP8b represent PPPP of the second communication device, where PPPP1a to PPPP8a are respectively different PPPP.
  • any two PPPPs from PPPP1a to PPPP8a are different.
  • PPPP1b to PPPP8b are different PPPP.
  • any two PPPPs from PPPP1b to PPPP8b are different.
  • PPPP1a and PPPP1b can be the same
  • PPPP2a and PPPP2b can be the same, and so on.
  • each of the modified preemption thresholds is the difference between the corresponding preset preemption threshold and the target offset value.
  • determining the modified preemption threshold based on the target offset value and the preset preemption threshold includes: if the first service type is unicast service and the second service type is multicast Service, the modified preemption threshold is the sum of the preset preemption threshold and the target offset value; if the first service is a multicast service and the second service is a unicast service, the modified preemption threshold is the preset The difference between the preemption threshold and the target offset value.
  • determining the modified preemption threshold according to the target offset value and the preset preemption threshold includes: if the first service type is a unicast service, the second service type is non-single Broadcast service, the modified preemption threshold is the sum of the preset preemption threshold and the target offset value; if the first service is a non-unicast service and the second service is a unicast service, the modified preemption threshold is the value The difference between the preset preemption threshold and the target offset value.
  • determining the modified preemption threshold based on the target offset value and the preset preemption threshold includes: if the first service type is a multicast service and the second service type is a broadcast service , The modified preemption threshold is the sum of the preset preemption threshold and the target offset value; if the first service is a broadcast service and the second service is a multicast service, the modified preemption threshold is the preset preemption threshold The difference from the target offset value.
  • determining the modified preemption threshold according to the target offset value and the preset preemption threshold includes: if the first service type is aperiodic service and the second service type is periodic service , The modified preemption threshold is the sum of the preset preemption threshold and the target offset value; if the first service is a periodic service and the second service is an acyclic service, the modified preemption threshold is the preset preemption threshold The difference from the target offset value.
  • the first communication device determines whether to use the target resource according to the first reference information, the second reference information, and the modified preemption threshold, and the first communication device according to the first reference in the embodiment shown in FIG. 1
  • the implementation manner of the information, the second reference information, and the preset preemption threshold to determine whether to use the target resource is the same, which is not necessary to repeat here.
  • the first communication device may also determine a target threshold from preset preemption thresholds according to the first reference information and the second reference information; according to the target threshold and the target offset Value to determine the modified target threshold, if the signal strength of the target resource meets the modified target threshold, or if the signal strength of the control information is less than or equal to the modified target threshold, the target resource can be used, otherwise the target resource cannot be used .
  • the signal strength of the target resource meeting the modified target threshold means that the signal strength detected at the target resource is less than or equal to the modified target threshold.
  • the detected signal strength may be any one of RSRP, RSRQ, RSSI, and SINR.
  • the first communication device determines the modified target threshold according to the target threshold and the target offset value, including: if the first service type is a unicast service, the second service type is For broadcast services, the modified target threshold is the sum of the target threshold and the target offset value; if the first service is a broadcast service and the second service is a unicast service, the modified target threshold is the target threshold and the The difference in the target offset value.
  • the first communication device determines the modified target threshold according to the target threshold and the target offset value, including: if the first service type is a unicast service, the second service type is For a multicast service, the modified target threshold is the sum of the target threshold and the target offset value; if the first service is a multicast service and the second service is a unicast service, the modified target threshold is the target threshold The difference from the target offset value.
  • the first communication device determines the modified target threshold according to the target threshold and the target offset value, including: if the first service type is a unicast service, the second service type is For non-unicast services, the modified target threshold is the sum of the target threshold and the target offset value; if the first service is a non-unicast service and the second service is a unicast service, the modified target threshold is the The difference between the target threshold and the target offset value.
  • the first communication device determines the modified target threshold according to the target threshold and the target offset value, including: if the first service type is a multicast service, the second service type is For broadcast services, the modified target threshold is the sum of the target threshold and the target offset value; if the first service is a broadcast service and the second service is a multicast service, the modified target threshold is the target threshold and the The difference in the target offset value.
  • the first communication device determines the modified target threshold according to the target threshold and the target offset value, including: if the first service type is aperiodic service, the second service type is For periodic services, the modified target threshold is the sum of the target threshold and the target offset value; if the first service is a periodic service and the second service is an acyclic service, the modified target threshold is the target threshold and the The difference in the target offset value.
  • the first communication device is used to determine the target offset value of the modified preemption threshold value in a similar manner to the target offset value used to determine the modified reference information in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, that is, it can be preset in the
  • the first communication device may also be sent by a network device, or may be sent by a second communication device. For a specific implementation manner, refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and details are not described here.
  • the first communication device according to the service type of the second communication device (hereinafter referred to as the second service type) and the service type of the first communication device (hereinafter referred to as the first service type), Determining whether to use the target resource includes: if the first communication device determines that the service type of the first communication device is the same as the service type of the second communication device, based on the first reference information, the second reference information, and a preset Preemption threshold to determine whether the target resource can be used.
  • the first communication device determines that the first service type and the second service type are both unicast services, then according to the first reference information, the second reference information, and a preset preemption threshold, determine whether the service can be used Target resources.
  • the first communication device determines that the first service type and the second service type are both broadcast services, then according to the first reference information, the second reference information, and a preset preemption threshold, determine whether the service can be used Target resources.
  • the first communication device determines that the first service type and the second service type are both multicast services, it determines whether it can be used according to the first reference information, the second reference information, and a preset preemption threshold The target resource.
  • the first communication device determines that the first service type and the second service type are both non-unicast services, it determines whether it is possible according to the first reference information, the second reference information, and a preset preemption threshold Use the target resource.
  • the first communication device determines that the first service type and the second service type are both aperiodic services, it determines whether it can be used according to the first reference information, the second reference information, and a preset preemption threshold The target resource.
  • the first communication device determines that the first service type and the second service type are both periodic services, then according to the first reference information, the second reference information, and a preset preemption threshold, determine whether the service can be used Target resources.
  • the first communication device determines whether to use the target resource according to the first reference information, the second reference information, and the preset preemption threshold. For an implementation manner, refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, and details are not described here.
  • the first communication device determining whether to use the target resource according to the second service type and the first service type includes: if the first communication device determines the service of the first communication device The type is different from the service type of the second communication device, and then it is determined whether the target resource can be used according to the first reference information, the second reference information, and the first preset preemption threshold.
  • the first communication device determining whether to use the target resource according to the second service type and the first service type includes: if the first communication device determines the service of the first communication device The type is the same as the service type of the second communication device, and then it is determined whether the target resource can be used according to the first reference information, the second reference information, and the second preset preemption threshold.
  • Table 5 and Table 6 are two preset preemption threshold lists included in the first preset preemption threshold.
  • PPPP1a to PPPP8a represent PPPP of the first communication device
  • PPPP1b to PPPP8b represent PPPP of the second communication device, where PPPP1a to PPPP8a are different PPPPs, respectively.
  • any two PPPPs from PPPP1a to PPPP8a are different.
  • PPPP1b to PPPP8b are different PPPP.
  • any two PPPPs from PPPP1b to PPPP8b are different.
  • PPPP1a and PPPP1b can be the same
  • PPPP2a and PPPP2b can be the same, and so on.
  • TH 1 'to TH 64' in Table 5 represent preset preemption thresholds.
  • any two preset preemption thresholds in TH 1 'to TH 64' are different.
  • TH 1 'to TH 64' may include the same preset preemption threshold.
  • TH1 "to TH64" in Table 6 represent the preset preemption threshold.
  • any two preset preemption thresholds in TH1 "to TH64" are different.
  • TH 1 "to TH 64" may include the same preset preemption threshold.
  • the preset preemption threshold shown in Table 5 may be a pre-condition when the service type of the first communication device is a multicast service and the service type of the second communication device is a unicast service Set the preemption threshold.
  • the preset preemption threshold shown in Table 6 may be the preset preemption threshold when the service type of the second communication device is a multicast service and the service type of the first communication device is a unicast service.
  • the preset preemption threshold shown in Table 5 may be preset when the service type of the first communication device is a broadcast service and the service type of the second communication device is a unicast service Preemption threshold.
  • the preset preemption threshold shown in Table 6 may be the preset preemption threshold when the service type of the second communication device is a broadcast service and the service type of the first communication device is a unicast service.
  • the preset preemption threshold shown in Table 5 may be a pre-condition when the service type of the first communication device is a non-unicast service and the service type of the second communication device is a unicast service Set the preemption threshold.
  • the preset preemption threshold shown in Table 6 may be the preset preemption threshold when the service type of the second communication device is a non-unicast service and the service type of the first communication device is a unicast service.
  • the preset preemption threshold shown in Table 5 may be preset when the service type of the first communication device is a broadcast service and the service type of the second communication device is a multicast service Preemption threshold.
  • the preset preemption threshold shown in Table 6 may be the preset preemption threshold when the service type of the second communication device is a broadcast service and the service type of the first communication device is a multicast service.
  • the preset preemption threshold shown in Table 5 may be the preset preemption when the service type of the first communication device is a periodic service and the service type of the second communication device is an acyclic service Threshold.
  • the preset preemption threshold shown in Table 6 may be the preset preemption threshold when the service type of the second communication device is periodic service and the service type of the first communication device is acyclic service.
  • Table 2 shown in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 is the second preset preemption threshold.
  • Table 5 and Table 6 have the following relationship: TH ”1 ' ⁇ TH” 1 ⁇ TH ”1”, TH “2” ⁇ TH ”2 ⁇ TH” 2 ”, whil, TH“ 64 ” ⁇ TH“ 64 ⁇ TH ”64” .
  • the corresponding cross positions in the above table may be completely different, or may not be completely the same.
  • the preemption threshold at the intersection of PPPP3a and PPPP4b is TH20 in Table 2, TH20 in Table 5, and TH20 in Table 6, and these values can be between these values. It is completely different; or, it may be the same as TH 20 and TH 20 ', but different from TH 20 ”; or, it may be the same as TH 20 and TH 20, but different from TH 20, and so on.
  • determining whether the target resource can be used according to the first reference information, the second reference information, and the first preset preemption threshold includes: if the first service type is a unicast service , The second service type is a broadcast service, a multicast service, or a non-unicast service, according to the first reference information, the second reference information, and the first preset preemption threshold shown in Table 6, determine whether to use the Target resource; if the second service type is a unicast service and the first service type is a broadcast service, a multicast service or a non-unicast service, according to the first reference information, the second reference information and the table 5
  • the first preset preemption threshold shown is used to determine whether to use the target resource.
  • determining whether the target resource can be used according to the first reference information, the second reference information, and the first preset preemption threshold includes: if the first service type is aperiodic service , The second service type is a periodic service, based on the first reference information, the second reference information, and the first preset preemption threshold shown in Table 6, determine whether to use the target resource; if the second service type It is an aperiodic service, and the first service type is a periodic service. Then, according to the first reference information, the second reference information, and the first preset preemption threshold shown in Table 5, it is determined whether to use the target resource.
  • determining whether the target resource can be used according to the first reference information, the second reference information, and the first preset preemption threshold includes: if the first service type is a multicast service , The second service type is a broadcast service, based on the first reference information, the second reference information, and the first preset preemption threshold shown in Table 6, determine whether to use the target resource; if the second service type It is a multicast service, and the first service type is a broadcast service. Then, according to the first reference information, the second reference information, and the first preset preemption threshold shown in Table 5, it is determined whether to use the target resource.
  • the first communication device determines that the service type of the first communication device is the same as the service type of the second communication device, according to the first reference information, the second reference information, and the second preset preemption threshold shown in Table 2 To determine whether the target resource can be used.
  • the first communication device determines whether the target resource can be used according to the reference information and the preset preemption threshold.
  • the first communication device may determine a preemption threshold according to a preset preemption threshold.
  • the first communication device may determine the first preemption threshold according to the first offset value and the preset preemption threshold; if Both the first service type and the second service type are multicast service or broadcast service or periodic service, then the first communication device may determine the second preemption threshold according to the second offset value and the preset preemption threshold.
  • the first communication device may determine the first preemption threshold according to the first offset value and the preset preemption threshold; if the first Both the service type and the second service type are broadcast services, then the first communication device may determine the second preemption threshold according to the second offset value and the preset preemption threshold.
  • the first offset value, the second offset value, and the target offset value may be different.
  • the first communication device determines the first preemption threshold (or second preemption threshold) according to the first offset value (or second offset value) and the preset preemption threshold, and the first communication device determines the first preemption threshold (or second preemption threshold) according to the target offset value It is similar to the method for determining the target offset value by using the preset preemption threshold, so it is unnecessary to repeat it here.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another method for using resources according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first communication device receives control information sent by the second communication device, where the control information includes an offset value indication field and a transmission mode indication field.
  • the offset value indication field is used to indicate a target offset value
  • the transmission mode indication field is used To indicate the transmission mode of the second communication device.
  • the first communication device receives control information sent by the second communication device, where the control information includes a transmission mode indication field but not an offset value indication field, and the transmission mode indication field is used to indicate the second communication device Transmission mode.
  • the target offset value may be preset in the first communication device or sent by the network device to the first communication device through RRC signaling or MAC signaling.
  • the first communication device determines whether to use a target resource according to the transmission mode of the second communication device and the target offset value, where the target resource is a resource used by the second communication device.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device may use the same resources to transmit data.
  • the resources referred to in the embodiments of the present application may be at least one of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, or space domain resources.
  • the time domain resource may be any one or more of a symbol, a slot sub, a mini-slot, or a subframe The combination.
  • the resource may be a resource element (resource, element), a resource block (resource block, RB), a physical resource block (physical resource block, PRB), and a sub-channel (sub-channel channel) any combination of one or more.
  • the resource is a spatial domain resource
  • the resource may be a beam or an antenna port.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applied to D2D communication or V2X, therefore, the resources in the embodiments of the present application may be side link resources.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device may share the same resource pool, and the resource pool includes multiple resources.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device may use resources in the resource pool to transmit data.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device use different resource pools.
  • the first communication device may occupy resources in the resource pool used by the second communication device.
  • the second communication device When using a certain resource (for example, the target resource) to transmit data, the second communication device sends control information, and the control information may include reference information of the second communication device.
  • the reference information may be priority information.
  • the reference information may be PPPP.
  • the reference information may be a preset priority of the communication device.
  • the reference information may be quality of service (QoS) information.
  • the QoS information may be the QoS level.
  • the QoS level may be a QoS identification (QoS identification), and the QoS level may also be a QoS index (QoS index).
  • the reference information of the first communication device is referred to as first reference information
  • the reference information of the second communication device is referred to as second reference information.
  • the control information may be scheduling control information (scheduling control information, SCI).
  • the SCI may be downlink control information (DCI) 5A.
  • the SCI may be DCI X.
  • the control information may be DCI 5B or DCI Y.
  • the transmission mode may include a first transmission mode and a second transmission mode.
  • the transmission mode of the second communication device may be the first transmission mode or the second transmission mode.
  • the first transmission mode may be a base station scheduling mode
  • the second transmission mode may be a mode for resource selection based on automatic sensing or automatic detection by a communication device.
  • the transmission mode indication field may include 1 bit.
  • the transmission mode indication field may indicate 2 transmission modes. For example, if the bit value is 0, the transmission mode of the second communication device indicated by the transmission mode indication field is the first transmission mode; if the bit value is 1, the transmission mode indicates the second The transmission mode of the communication device is the second transmission mode.
  • the transmission mode indication field may include 2 bits.
  • the transmission mode indication field may indicate 4 transmission modes. For example, if the bit value is 00, the transmission mode of the second communication device indicated by the transmission mode indication field is the first transmission mode; if the bit value is 01, the transmission mode indicates the second The transmission mode of the communication device is the second transmission mode. For example, if the bit value is 10, the transmission mode of the second communication device indicated by the transmission mode indication field is the third transmission mode; if the bit value is 11, the transmission mode indicates the second The transmission mode of the communication device is the fourth transmission mode.
  • the transmission mode indication field may further include 3 or more bits, which are not listed here one by one.
  • the transmission mode indication field may not be indicated by bits, but implicitly embedded in existing information. For example, it can be used to indicate whether the transmission mode is Mode 1 or Mode 2 by setting the existing information bit to a specific value. For another example, it may be used to indicate that the transmission mode is Mode 1 or Mode 2 by setting some reserved bits in the existing control message to a specific value.
  • the information bits or reserved bits may refer to the existing information bits or reserved bits in the current mobile communication system (for example, LTE system), and will not be described in detail.
  • the first communication device determining whether to use the target resource according to the transmission mode of the second communication device includes: the first communication device is determining that the transmission mode of the second communication device is the first In the case of a transmission mode, it is possible to determine whether to use the target resource according to the first reference information, the second reference information, and the target offset value; In the case of the transmission mode, it may be determined whether to use the target resource according to the first reference information and the second reference information.
  • the first communication device determines whether to use the target resource according to the first reference information, the second reference information, and the target offset value. For a specific implementation manner, reference may be made to the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, and details are not described here.
  • the first communication device determines whether to use the target resource according to the first reference information and the second reference information. For a specific implementation manner, reference may be made to the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, and details are not described here.
  • the target offset value may also be preset in the first communication device or sent by the network device to the first communication device.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another method for using resources according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • a first communication device acquires at least one of first configuration information and second configuration information.
  • the first configuration information includes N first reference information
  • the second configuration information includes M second reference information, where the N The first reference information is different from the N second reference information, and N and M are both positive integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the N first reference information is different from the M second reference information, including: the N first reference information and the M second reference information are not completely the same.
  • the N first reference information is different from the M second reference information, including: the N first reference information is completely different from the M second reference information.
  • the N first reference information and the M second reference information may be considered different.
  • the N first reference information is different from the M second reference information.
  • M is equal to N
  • the M reference information and the N reference information are in one-to-one correspondence, as long as the N first reference information and the M second reference information have a set of corresponding reference information different, the N One reference information is different from the M second reference information.
  • Reference information 1a corresponds to reference information 1b
  • reference information 2a corresponds to reference information 2b
  • reference information 3a corresponds to reference information 3b
  • reference information 4a corresponds to reference information 4b
  • reference information 5a corresponds to reference information 5b.
  • reference information 1a is different from reference information 1b
  • reference information 2a is different from reference information 2b
  • reference information 3a is different from reference information 3b
  • reference information 4a is different from reference information 4b
  • reference information 5a is different from reference information 5b
  • the reference information 1a is different from the reference information 1b
  • the reference information 2a is the same as the reference information 2b
  • the reference information 3a is different from the reference information 3b
  • the reference information 4a is the same as the reference information 4b
  • the reference information 5a is different from the reference information 5b
  • the reference information may be priority information.
  • the reference information may be PPPP.
  • the reference information may be a preset priority of the communication device.
  • the N first reference information may be N first priority information
  • the M reference information may be M second priority information.
  • the reference information may be QoS information.
  • the QoS information may be the QoS level.
  • the QoS level may be a QoS identification (QoS identification), and the QoS level may also be a QoS index (QoS index).
  • the N first reference information may be N first QoS information
  • the M reference information may be M second QoS information.
  • the first configuration information corresponds to the first service type
  • the second configuration information corresponds to the second service type.
  • the first configuration information includes N first priority information and the second configuration information includes M second priority information
  • the N first priority information corresponds to the first service type
  • the The M second priority information corresponds to the second service type.
  • the first configuration information includes N first QoS information
  • the second configuration information includes M second QoS information
  • the N first QoS information corresponds to the first service type
  • the M second QoS information pairs Should be the second business type.
  • the first service type is a unicast service
  • the second service type is any or all of a multicast service and a broadcast service.
  • the first service type is a unicast service
  • the second service type is a non-unicast service
  • the first service type is aperiodic service
  • the second service type is periodic service
  • the first service type is a multicast service
  • the second service type is a broadcast service
  • the first communication device acquiring at least one of the first configuration information and the second configuration information includes: the first communication device acquiring the pre-configured first configuration information and the second configuration information At least one of the configuration information.
  • the first configuration information and the second configuration information are pre-configured in the first communication device. If the first communication device wishes to use network resources based on the first configuration information and / or the second configuration information, the first communication device may obtain at least one of the pre-configured first configuration information and the second configuration information .
  • the first communication device acquiring at least one of the first configuration information and the second configuration information includes: the first communication device receiving the first configuration information and the At least one of the second configuration letters.
  • the network device may determine the first configuration information and the second configuration information, and may send at least one of the determined first configuration information and second configuration information to the first communication device.
  • the first communication device may use resources according to the obtained configuration information.
  • the resources referred to in the embodiments of the present application may be at least one of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, or space domain resources.
  • the time domain resource may be any one or more of a symbol, a slot sub, a mini-slot, or a subframe The combination.
  • the resource may be a resource element (resource, element), a resource block (resource block, RB), a physical resource block (physical resource block, PRB), and a sub-channel (sub-channel channel) any combination of one or more.
  • the resource is a spatial domain resource
  • the resource may be a beam or an antenna port.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applied to D2D communication or V2X, therefore, the resources in the embodiments of the present application may be side link resources.
  • the first communication device may directly use the resource to send information.
  • the information referred to here may be control information or data information.
  • the first communication device can use the resource to send control information and / or data information.
  • the fact that the first communication device can directly use the resource to send information means that the resource is not occupied by other communication devices. Therefore, the first communication device does not need to preempt resources before sending information using the resources.
  • the service type of the first communication device is the first service type
  • the first communication device may send first control information, where the first control information carries one of the N first reference information, the The first reference information carried in the first control information is the reference information of the first communication device.
  • the first communication device may send second control information, where the second control information carries one of the M second reference information, the The reference information carried in the second control information is the reference information of the first communication device. In this way, other communication devices can determine whether the resources used by the first communication device can be occupied by reference information in the second control information.
  • the first communication device may be equivalent to the second communication device in the embodiments shown in FIGS. 3 to 5, and the other communication device may be equivalent to the first communication device in the embodiments shown in FIGS. 3 to 5.
  • the first communication device may determine whether it can preempt resources used by other communication devices (for example, the second communication device) according to the configuration information.
  • the second communication device may send control information when sending information using a resource (hereinafter referred to as a target resource), and the control information sent by the second communication device may carry reference information of the second communication device .
  • the first communication device may determine whether the target resource can be used according to the reference information of the first communication device and the received reference information of the second communication device in the control information sent by the second communication device.
  • the reference information of the first communication device is one of the N first reference information; if the service type of the first communication device is the second Service type, then the reference information of the first communication device is one of the M second reference information.
  • the first communication device may be based on one of the N first reference information and the received by the second communication device Sending the reference information to determine that the resource used by the second communication device is not used; if the service type of the first communication device is the second service type, the first communication device may use the M second reference information One of the received reference information sent by the second communication device determines whether the resource used by the second communication device can be used.
  • the reference information may be priority information, and in other embodiments, the reference information may be QoS information. It can be understood that the type of reference information of the first communication device and the type of reference information of the second communication device should be the same. Specifically, if the reference information of the first communication device is priority information, the reference information of the second communication device is also priority information; if the reference information of the first communication device is QoS information, the second communication device The reference information is also priority information.
  • the reference information of the first communication device is PPPP
  • the reference information of the second communication device is also PPPP
  • the QoS information of the first communication device is a QoS index
  • the QoS information of the second communication device It is also a QoS index.
  • the first configuration information corresponds to the first transmission mode
  • the second configuration information corresponds to the second transmission mode.
  • the first configuration information includes N first priority information and the second configuration information includes M second priority information
  • the N first priority information corresponds to the first transmission mode
  • the The M second priority messages correspond to the second transmission mode.
  • the first configuration information includes N first QoS information
  • the second configuration information includes M second QoS information
  • the N first QoS information corresponds to the first transmission mode
  • the M second QoS information pairs Should be the second transmission mode.
  • the first transmission mode may be a base station scheduling mode
  • the second transmission mode may be a mode for resource selection based on automatic sensing or automatic detection by a communication device.
  • the first communication device may directly use the resource to send information.
  • the information referred to here may be control information or data information.
  • the first communication device can use the resource to send control information and / or data information.
  • the fact that the first communication device can directly use the resource to send information means that the resource is not occupied by other communication devices. Therefore, the first communication device does not need to preempt resources before sending information using the resources.
  • the transmission mode of the first communication device is the first transmission mode
  • the first communication device may send first control information, where the first control information carries one of the N first reference information, the The first reference information carried in the first control information is the reference information of the first communication device.
  • the first communication device may send second control information, where the second control information carries one of the M second reference information, the The reference information carried in the second control information is the reference information of the first communication device. In this way, other communication devices can determine whether the resources used by the first communication device can be occupied by reference information in the second control information.
  • the first communication device may be equivalent to the second communication device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, and the other communication device may be equivalent to the first communication device in the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the first communication device may determine whether it can preempt resources used by other communication devices (for example, the second communication device) according to the configuration information.
  • the second communication device may send control information when sending information using a resource (hereinafter referred to as a target resource), and the control information sent by the second communication device may carry reference information of the second communication device .
  • the first communication device may determine whether the target resource can be used according to the reference information of the first communication device and the reference information of the second communication device in the received control information sent by the second communication device.
  • the reference information of the first communication device is one of the N first reference information; if the transmission mode of the first communication device is the second In the transmission mode, the reference information of the first communication device is one of the M second reference information.
  • the first communication device may be based on one of the N first reference information and the received by the second communication device
  • the reference information sent determines that the resource used by the second communication device is not used; in the case that the transmission mode of the first communication device is the second transmission mode, the first communication device may use the M second reference information
  • One of the received reference information sent by the second communication device determines whether the resource used by the second communication device can be used.
  • the reference information may be priority information, and in other embodiments, the reference information may be QoS information. It can be understood that the type of reference information of the first communication device and the type of reference information of the second communication device should be the same. Specifically, if the reference information of the first communication device is priority information, the reference information of the second communication device is also priority information; if the reference information of the first communication device is QoS information, the second communication device The reference information is also priority information.
  • the reference information of the first communication device is PPPP
  • the reference information of the second communication device is also PPPP
  • the QoS information of the first communication device is a QoS index
  • the QoS information of the second communication device It is also a QoS index.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a method for using resources according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first communication device acquires at least one of third configuration information and fourth configuration information.
  • the third configuration information includes J threshold information
  • the fourth configuration information includes K threshold information, the J threshold information and the K
  • J and K are positive integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the J threshold information is different from the K threshold information, including: the J threshold information and the K threshold information are not completely the same.
  • the J threshold information is different from the K threshold information, including: the J threshold information is completely different from the K threshold information.
  • the J threshold information and the K threshold information may be considered different.
  • the J threshold information is different from the K threshold information.
  • the J threshold information and the K threshold information are in one-to-one correspondence, as long as the set of corresponding threshold information in the J threshold information and the K threshold information is different, the J threshold information and the K threshold information are different.
  • the threshold information is different.
  • the threshold information may be a comparison threshold for resource preemption.
  • the threshold value information may be the threshold values shown in Table 2 to Table 6.
  • the threshold information may be a specific threshold or threshold.
  • the threshold information may be an offset value relative to a preset threshold.
  • the J threshold information may be a comparison threshold for resource preemption between services with a second service type.
  • the J threshold information may be a comparison threshold for resource preemption between services having a first service type.
  • the K threshold information is a comparison threshold for a service with a second service type to seize a service with a first service type.
  • the K threshold information may be a comparison threshold for a service with a first service type to preempt a service with a second service type.
  • the first service type is a unicast service
  • the second service type is any or all of a multicast service and a broadcast service.
  • the first service type is the unicast service
  • the second service type is the non-unicast service
  • the first service type is aperiodic service
  • the second service type is periodic service
  • the threshold information corresponding to different types of reference information may be different.
  • the J threshold information may be a comparison threshold for resource preemption when the reference information is priority information.
  • the K threshold information may be comparison thresholds for resource preemption when the reference information is QoS information.
  • the third configuration information corresponds to the first transmission mode
  • the fourth configuration information corresponds to the second transmission mode
  • the first transmission mode may be a base station scheduling mode
  • the second transmission mode may be a mode for resource selection based on automatic sensing or automatic detection by a communication device.
  • the first communication device acquiring at least one of the third configuration information and the fourth configuration information includes: the first communication device acquiring the pre-configured third configuration information and the fourth At least one of the configuration information.
  • the third configuration information and the fourth configuration information are pre-configured in the first communication device. If the first communication device wishes to use network resources based on the third configuration information and / or the fourth configuration information, the first communication device may acquire at least one of the pre-configured third configuration information and the fourth configuration information .
  • the first communication device acquiring at least one of the third configuration information and the fourth configuration information includes: the first communication device receives the third configuration information and the At least one of the fourth configuration letters.
  • the network device may determine the third configuration information and the fourth configuration information, and may send at least one of the determined third configuration information and the fourth configuration information to the first communication device.
  • the first communication device may use resources according to the obtained configuration information.
  • the resources referred to in the embodiments of the present application may be at least one of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, or space domain resources.
  • the time domain resource may be any one or more of a symbol, a slot sub, a mini-slot, or a subframe The combination.
  • the resource may be a resource element (resource, element), a resource block (resource block, RB), a physical resource block (physical resource block, PRB), or a sub-channel (sub-channel channel) any combination of one or more.
  • the resource is a spatial domain resource, the resource may be a beam or an antenna port.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applied to D2D communication or V2X, therefore, the resources in the embodiments of the present application may be side link resources.
  • the first communication device uses resources according to the obtained configuration information, including: the first communication device determines whether to use the second communication according to the reference information of the first communication device, the reference information of the second communication device, and the target threshold information The resource used by the device, wherein the target threshold information is one of the K threshold information or one of the J threshold information.
  • the target threshold information may be equivalent to the target threshold in the embodiments shown in FIGS. 3 to 6, and the J threshold information may be equivalent to the preset preemption threshold list shown in Table 1. .
  • the target threshold information may be equivalent to the target threshold in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, and the K threshold information may be equivalent to the preset preemption threshold shown in Table 5 or Table 6. List.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another method for using resources according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • a first communication device determines to use a target resource, where the target resource is a resource in a resource pool of a second communication device, and the resource pool of the second communication device is different from the resource pool of the first communication device;
  • the first communication device sends occupation indication information, where the occupation indication information is used to indicate whether the target resource can be preempted.
  • the occupation indication information may be included in the control information sent by the first communication device.
  • the control information sent by the first device includes a domain, and the content included in the domain is the occupation indication information.
  • the control information is sent before the data information. The advance sending helps the surrounding communication devices identify conflicts earlier and avoid resource collisions.
  • the occupation indication information may be independent of the control information.
  • the first communication device may send the occupancy instruction information alone or together with other information (ie, other control information).
  • the occupation indication information is sent earlier than the control information. The advance sending helps the surrounding communication devices identify conflicts earlier and avoid resource collisions.
  • the length of the occupation indication information may be 1 bit. If the value of this bit is 0, it means that the target resource can be preempted; if the value of this bit is 1, it means that the target resource cannot be preempted.
  • the first communication device when the first communication device uses the resource occupied by the second communication device, it can notify other communication devices whether the resource can continue to be preempted through the occupation indication information.
  • the first communication device may determine whether the target resource can be preempted according to the service type of the first communication device. For example, if the service type of the first communication device is a unicast service, the target resource cannot be preempted; if the service type of the first communication device is a broadcast service or a multicast service or a non-unicast service, the target Resources can be preempted. For another example, if the service type of the first communication device is a multicast service, the target resource cannot be preempted; if the service type of the first communication device is a broadcast service, the target resource can be preempted. For another example, if the service type of the first communication device is aperiodic service, the target resource cannot be preempted; if the service type of the first communication device is periodic service, the target resource can be preempted.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device.
  • the communication device may include a receiving unit and a processing unit.
  • the communication device performs the steps performed by the first communication device in the method shown in FIG.
  • the communication device is the first communication device in the method shown in FIG. 3.
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive control information sent by the second communication device, where the control information includes an offset value indication field, and the offset value indication field is used to indicate a target offset value.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine whether to use a target resource according to the target offset value, where the target resource is a resource occupied by the second communication device.
  • the communication device may include other necessary units in addition to the receiving unit and the processing unit.
  • the communication device may further include an input and output unit, a display unit, an antenna, and a power supply system.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device.
  • the communication device may include a receiving unit and a processing unit.
  • the communication device performs the steps performed by the first communication device in the method shown in FIG.
  • the communication device is the first communication device in the method shown in FIG. 4.
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive control information sent by the second communication device, where the control information includes a service type indication field, and the service type indication field is used to indicate the service type of the second communication device.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine whether to use a target resource according to the service type of the second communication device, where the target resource is a resource used by the second communication device.
  • the communication device may include other necessary units in addition to the receiving unit and the processing unit.
  • the communication device may further include an input and output unit, a display unit, an antenna, and a power supply system.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device.
  • the communication device may include a receiving unit and a processing unit.
  • the communication device performs the steps performed by the first communication device in the method shown in FIG.
  • the communication device is the first communication device in the method shown in FIG. 5.
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive control information sent by the second communication device, where the control information includes a service type indication field, and the service type indication field is used to indicate the service type of the second communication device.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine whether to use a target resource according to the service type of the second communication device and the service type of the first communication device, where the target resource is a resource used by the second communication device.
  • the communication device may include other necessary units in addition to the receiving unit and the processing unit.
  • the communication device may further include an input and output unit, a display unit, an antenna, and a power supply system.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device.
  • the communication device may include a receiving unit and a processing unit.
  • the communication device performs the steps performed by the first communication device in the method shown in FIG.
  • the communication device is the first communication device in the method shown in FIG. 6.
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive control information sent by the second communication device.
  • the control information includes an offset value indication field and a transmission mode indication field.
  • the offset value indication field is used to indicate a target offset value.
  • the transmission mode indication field is used for To indicate the transmission mode of the second communication device.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine whether to use a target resource according to the transmission mode of the second communication device and the target offset value, where the target resource is a resource used by the second communication device.
  • the communication device may include other necessary units in addition to the receiving unit and the processing unit.
  • the communication device may further include an input and output unit, a display unit, an antenna, and a power supply system.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device.
  • the communication device may include an acquisition unit and a processing unit.
  • the communication device performs the steps performed by the first communication device in the method shown in FIG.
  • the communication device is the first communication device in the method shown in FIG. 7.
  • the acquiring unit is configured to acquire at least one of first configuration information and second configuration information.
  • the first configuration information includes N first reference information
  • the second configuration information includes M second reference information, where the N The first reference information is different from the N second reference information, and N and M are both positive integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the processing unit is used to use resources according to the obtained configuration information. The specific functions and beneficial effects of the acquiring unit and the processing unit can be referred to the method shown in FIG. 7 and will not be repeated here.
  • the communication device may include other necessary units in addition to the receiving unit and the processing unit.
  • the communication device may further include an input and output unit, a display unit, an antenna, and a power supply system.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a network device.
  • the network device may include a sending unit and a processing unit.
  • the network device performs the steps performed by the network device in the method shown in FIG.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine at least one of first configuration information and second configuration information.
  • the first configuration information includes N first reference information
  • the second configuration information includes M second reference information, where the N The first reference information is different from the N second reference information, and N and M are both positive integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the sending unit is configured to send at least one of the first configuration information and the second configuration information to the communication device.
  • the communication device may include other necessary units in addition to the receiving unit and the processing unit. For example, antennas, power systems, etc.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device.
  • the communication device may include an acquisition unit and a processing unit.
  • the communication device performs the steps performed by the first communication device in the method shown in FIG.
  • the communication device is the first communication device in the method shown in FIG. 8.
  • the acquiring unit is configured to acquire at least one of third configuration information and fourth configuration information.
  • the third configuration information includes J threshold information
  • the fourth configuration information includes K threshold information
  • the J threshold information and the K The threshold information is different
  • J and K are positive integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the processing unit is used to use resources according to the obtained configuration information. The specific functions and beneficial effects of the acquiring unit and the processing unit can be referred to the method shown in FIG. 8, and will not be repeated here.
  • the communication device may include other necessary units in addition to the receiving unit and the processing unit.
  • the communication device may further include an input and output unit, a display unit, an antenna, and a power supply system.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a network device.
  • the communication device may include a sending unit and a processing unit.
  • the communication device performs the steps performed by the network device in the method shown in FIG.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine third configuration information and fourth configuration information, the third configuration information includes J threshold information, the fourth configuration information includes K threshold information, and the J threshold information is different from the K threshold information , J and K are positive integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the sending unit is configured to send at least one of the third configuration information and the fourth configuration information to the communication device.
  • the specific functions and beneficial effects of the sending unit and the processing unit can be referred to the method shown in FIG. 8 and will not be repeated here.
  • the communication device may include other necessary units in addition to the receiving unit and the processing unit. For example, antennas, power systems, etc.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device.
  • the communication device may include a receiving unit and a processing unit.
  • the communication device performs the steps performed by the first communication device in the method shown in FIG.
  • the communication device is the first communication device in the method shown in FIG. 9.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine to use a target resource, where the target resource is a resource in a resource pool of a second communication device, and the resource pool of the second communication device is different from the resource pool of the first communication device.
  • the sending unit is used to send occupation indication information, and the occupation indication information is used to indicate whether the target resource can be preempted.
  • the occupation indication information may be included in the control information sent by the first communication device.
  • the communication device may include other necessary units in addition to the receiving unit and the processing unit.
  • the communication device may further include an input-output unit, a display unit, an antenna, and a power supply system.
  • the communication device 1000 includes a processor 1001, a memory 1002, a radio frequency circuit, and an antenna.
  • the processor 1001 may be used to process a communication protocol and communication data, control a terminal, execute a software program, process data of the software program, and so on.
  • the memory 1002 is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal.
  • the antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • the processor 1001 When data needs to be sent, the processor 1001 performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit processes the baseband signal after radio frequency processing, and then sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor.
  • the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 10 only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 10. In actual communication equipment products, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium, storage device, or the like.
  • the memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • an antenna and a radio frequency circuit with a transceiver function can be regarded as a transceiver 1003 of a communication device, and a processor with a processing function can be regarded as a processing unit of the communication device.
  • the transceiver may also be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver device, or the like.
  • the processing unit may also be called a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and the like.
  • the device used to implement the receiving function in the transceiver 1003 may be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device used to implement the sending function in the transceiver 1003 may be regarded as a transmitting unit, that is, the transceiver 1003 includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit.
  • the receiving unit may sometimes be called a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit.
  • the sending unit may sometimes be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit.
  • the processor 1001, the memory 1002 and the transceiver 1003 communicate with each other through an internal connection path, and transfer control and / or data signals
  • the method disclosed in the foregoing embodiment of the present invention may be applied to the processor 1001 or implemented by the processor 1001.
  • the processor 1001 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities.
  • each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 1001 or an instruction in the form of software.
  • the processors described in the embodiments of the present application may be general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), and field programmable gate arrays (field programmable gate arrays). , FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • DSPs digital signal processors
  • ASICs application specific integrated circuits
  • FPGA field programmable gate arrays
  • FPGA field programmable gate arrays
  • the disclosed methods, steps, and logical block diagrams in the embodiments of the present invention may be implemented or executed.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present invention may be directly embodied and executed by a hardware decoding processor, or may be executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • Software modules can be located in random access memory (RAM), flash memory, read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, etc.
  • Storage media The storage medium is located in the memory.
  • the processor reads the instructions in the memory and combines the hardware to complete the steps of the above method.
  • the memory 1002 may store instructions for performing the method performed by the first communication device in the method shown in FIG. 3.
  • the processor 1001 can execute the instructions stored in the memory 1002 in combination with other hardware (for example, the transceiver 1003) to complete the steps performed by the first communication device in the method shown in FIG. 3.
  • other hardware for example, the transceiver 1003
  • the memory 1002 may store instructions for performing the method performed by the first communication device in the method shown in FIG. 4.
  • the processor 1001 can execute the instructions stored in the memory 1002 in combination with other hardware (for example, the transceiver 1003) to complete the steps performed by the first communication device in the method shown in FIG. 4, the specific working process and beneficial effects can refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. Description.
  • the memory 1002 may store instructions for performing the method performed by the first communication device in the method shown in FIG. 5.
  • the processor 1001 can execute the instructions stored in the memory 1002 in combination with other hardware (for example, the transceiver 1003) to complete the steps performed by the first communication device in the method shown in FIG. 5.
  • other hardware for example, the transceiver 1003
  • the memory 1002 may store instructions for performing the method performed by the first communication device in the method shown in FIG. 6.
  • the processor 1001 can execute the instructions stored in the memory 1002 in combination with other hardware (for example, the transceiver 1003) to complete the steps performed by the first communication device in the method shown in FIG. 6.
  • other hardware for example, the transceiver 1003
  • the memory 1002 may store instructions for performing the method performed by the first communication device in the method shown in FIG. 7.
  • the processor 1001 can execute the instructions stored in the memory 1002 in combination with other hardware (for example, the transceiver 1003) to complete the steps performed by the first communication device in the method shown in FIG. 7.
  • other hardware for example, the transceiver 1003
  • the memory 1002 may store instructions for performing the method performed by the first communication device in the method shown in FIG. 8.
  • the processor 1001 can execute the instructions stored in the memory 1002 in combination with other hardware (for example, the transceiver 1003) to complete the steps performed by the first communication device in the method shown in FIG. 8.
  • other hardware for example, the transceiver 1003
  • the memory 1002 may store instructions for performing the method performed by the first communication device in the method shown in FIG. 9.
  • the processor 1001 can execute the instructions stored in the memory 1002 in combination with other hardware (for example, the transceiver 1003) to complete the steps performed by the first communication device in the method shown in FIG. Description.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip including a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input-output circuit and a communication interface;
  • the processing unit is a processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
  • the chip may execute the method on the first communication device side in the above method embodiment.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium on which instructions are stored, and when the instructions are executed, the method on the first communication device side in the foregoing method embodiment is executed.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product containing instructions, which execute the method on the first communication device side in the foregoing method embodiment when the instructions are executed.
  • FIG. 11 is a structural block diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the network device 1100 shown in FIG. 11 includes: a processor 1101, a memory 1102, and a transceiver 1103.
  • the processor 1101, the memory 1102 and the transceiver 1103 communicate with each other through an internal connection path, and transfer control and / or data signals.
  • the method disclosed in the foregoing embodiments of the present invention may be applied to the processor 1101 or implemented by the processor 1101.
  • the processor 1101 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 1101 or instructions in the form of software.
  • the aforementioned processor 1101 may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an existing programmable gate array (FPGA), or other Programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA existing programmable gate array
  • Programmable logic devices discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present invention may be directly embodied and executed by a hardware decoding processor, or may be executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • Software modules can be located in random access memory (RAM), flash memory, read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, etc.
  • Storage media The storage medium is located in the memory 1102, and the processor 1101 reads the instructions in the memory 1102 and completes the steps of the foregoing method in combination with its hardware.
  • the memory 1102 may store instructions for performing the method performed by the network device in the method shown in FIG. 8.
  • the processor 1101 can execute the instructions stored in the memory 1102 in combination with other hardware (such as the transceiver 1103) to complete the steps of the network device in the method shown in FIG. 8.
  • other hardware such as the transceiver 1103
  • the memory 1102 may store instructions for performing the method performed by the network device in the method shown in FIG. 9.
  • the processor 1101 can execute the instructions stored in the memory 1102 in combination with other hardware (for example, the transceiver 1103) to complete the steps of the network device in the method shown in FIG. 9.
  • other hardware for example, the transceiver 1103
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip including a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input-output circuit and a communication interface;
  • the processing unit is a processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
  • the chip may execute the method performed by the network device side in the foregoing embodiment.
  • a computer-readable storage medium on which instructions are stored, and when the instructions are executed, the method on the network device side in the above method embodiment is executed.
  • a computer program product containing instructions is provided, and when the instructions are executed, the method on the network device side in the foregoing method embodiment is performed.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only schematic.
  • the division of the units is only a division of logical functions.
  • there may be other divisions for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application essentially or part of the contribution to the existing technology or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to enable a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供一种使用资源的方法和通信设备，该方法包括：第一通信设备接收第二通信设备发送的控制信息，该控制信息包括偏移值指示域，该偏移值指示域用于指示目标偏移值；该第一通信设备根据该目标偏移值，确定是否使用目标资源，其中该目标资源为该第二通信设备占用的资源。基于上述技术方案，第一通信设备可以在需要时根据目标偏移值确定是否可以占用该第二通信设备使用的资源。因此，上述技术方案提高了抢占资源的灵活性。

Description

使用资源的方法和通信设备
本申请要求于2018年11月16日提交中国专利局、申请号为201811368561.1、申请名称为“使用资源的方法和通信设备”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域，更具体地，涉及使用资源的方法和通信设备。
背景技术
通信设备传输数据所使用的资源通常通过两种方式获得，一种是由网络设备调度，另一种是通信设备自行抢占。
目前，通信设备通过抢占的方式使用资源时，只需要比较占用待抢占资源的另一通信设备的近距离通信数据分组优先级(ProSe Per-Packet Priority，PPPP)与该通信设备自身的PPPP。这种确定方式过于简单，并未考虑到实际应用场景。
发明内容
本申请提供一种使用资源的方法和通信设备，可以提高抢占资源的灵活性。
第一方面，本申请实施例提供一种使用资源的方法，该方法包括：第一通信设备接收第二通信设备发送的控制信息，该控制信息包括偏移值指示域，该偏移值指示域用于指示目标偏移值；该第一通信设备根据该目标偏移值，确定是否使用目标资源，其中该目标资源为该第二通信设备占用的资源。基于上述技术方案，第一通信设备可以在需要时根据目标偏移值确定是否可以占用该第二通信设备使用的资源。因此，上述技术方案提高了抢占资源的灵活性。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该第一通信设备根据该目标偏移值，确定是否使用目标资源，包括：该第一通信设备根据第二参考信息和该目标偏移值，确定修正参考信息。基于上述技术方案，第一通信设备可以在需要时根据目标偏移值确定调整需要比较的第二通信设备的参考信息，从而根据调整后的参考信息确定是否可以占用该第二通信设备使用的资源。因此，上述技术方案提高了抢占资源的灵活性。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该第一通信设备根据该目标偏移值，确定是否使用目标资源，还包括：该第一通信设备根据第一参考信息、该修正参考信息和预设抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源。上述技术方案中，第一通信设备可以根据调整后的参考信息确定是否可以占用该第二通信设备使用的资源。因此，上述技术方案提高了抢占资源的灵活性。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该控制信息还包括业务类型指示域，该业务类型指示域用于指示该第二通信设备的业务类型，该第一通信设备根据该目 标偏移值，确定是否使用目标资源，包括：该第一通信设备根据该目标偏移值和该第二通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用该目标资源。上述技术方案中，第一通信设备可以进一步根据第二通信设备的业务类型确定是否可以占用该第二通信设备使用的资源。因此，上述技术方案提高了抢占资源的灵活性，并且在确定是否可以使用目标资源时考虑到了业务类型，从而可以基于不同的业务类型，采用不同的方案来确定是否可以抢占该目标资源。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该第二通信设备的业务类型为单播业务、组播业务或广播业务；该第二通信设备的业务类型为非单播业务或该单播业务；或者，该第二通信设备的业务类型为非周期业务或周期业务。上述技术方案提供了不同的划分业务类型的方案。因此使得本申请的技术方案可以应用于不同的业务类型划分方案。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该第一通信设备根据该偏移值指示域和该第二通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用该目标资源，包括：该第一通信设备在确定该第二通信设备的业务类型为该单播业务或该非周期业务的情况下，根据该第二参考信息和该目标偏移值，确定修正参考信息；或者该第一通信设备在确定该第二通信设备的业务类型为该组播业务、该广播业务、该非单播业务或该周期业务的情况下，根据第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和该预设抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源。上述技术方案中，第一通信设备可以在该第二通信设备的业务类型的优先级高的情况下基于目标偏移值确定是否可以占用该目标资源。与不基于目标偏移值相比，基于目标偏移值确定是否可以占用该目标资源的方案可以使得该第一通信设备更不容易抢占该第二通信设备使用的资源，这样可以更好地保证该第二通信设备的正常通信，避免因其他通信设备抢占该目标资源导致的影响该第二通信设备正常通信的情况发生。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该第一通信设备根据该第二通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用目标资源，还包括：在确定该修正参考信息的情况下，根据该第一参考信息、该修正参考信息和预设抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该控制信息还包括传输模式指示域，该传输模式指示域用于指示该第二通信设备的传输模式，该第一通信设备根据该目标偏移值，确定是否使用目标资源，包括：该第一通信设备在确定该第二通信设备的传输模式为第一传输模式的情况下，根据该第二参考信息和该目标偏移值，确定修正参考信息，并根据第一参考信息、该修正参考信息和预设抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源；该第一通信设备在确定该第二通信设备的传输模式为第二传输模式的情况下，根据第一参考信息、第二参考信息和预设抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源。上述技术方案中，第一通信设备可以进一步根据第二通信设备的传输模式确定是否可以占用该第二通信设备使用的资源。因此，上述技术方案提高了抢占资源的灵活性，并且在确定是否可以使用目标资源时考虑到了传输模式，从而可以基于不同的传输模式，采用不同的方案来确定是否可以抢占该目标资源。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该第一参考信息为该第一通信设备的优先级信息，该第二参考信息为该第二通信设备的优先级信息；或者，该第一参考信息为该第一通信设备的服务质量QoS信息，该第二参考信息为该第二通信设备的QoS信息。上述技术方案提供了不同的参考信息。因此使得本申请的技术方案可以应用于不同的参考信息。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该偏移值指示域中包括该目标偏移值，或者，该偏移值指示域中包括对应于该目标偏移值的目标索引。
第二方面，本申请实施例提供一种使用资源的方法，该方法包括：第一通信设备接收第二通信设备发送的控制信息，该控制信息包括业务类型指示域，该业务类型指示域用于指示该第二通信设备的业务类型；该第一通信设备根据该第二通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用目标资源，其中该目标资源为该第二通信设备占用的资源。上述技术方案中，第一通信设备可以根据第二通信设备的业务类型确定是否可以占用该第二通信设备使用的资源。上述技术方案在确定是否可以使用目标资源时考虑到了业务类型，从而可以基于不同的业务类型，采用不同的方案来确定是否可以抢占该目标资源，这样可以提高了抢占资源的灵活性。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该第二通信设备的业务类型为单播业务、组播业务或广播业务；该第二通信设备的业务类型为非单播业务或该单播业务；或者，该第二通信设备的业务类型为非周期业务或周期业务。上述技术方案提供了不同的划分业务类型的方案。因此使得本申请的技术方案可以应用于不同的业务类型划分方案。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该第一通信设备根据该第二通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用目标资源，包括：该第一通信设备在确定该第二通信设备的业务类型为该单播业务或该非周期业务的情况下，根据第二参考信息和第一目标偏移值，确定修正参考信息；或者，该第一通信设备在确定该第二通信设备的业务类型为该组播业务、该广播业务、该非单播业务或该周期业务的情况下，根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和该预设抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源。上述技术方案中，第一通信设备可以在该第二通信设备的业务类型的优先级高的情况下基于目标偏移值确定是否可以占用该目标资源。与不基于目标偏移值相比，基于目标偏移值确定是否可以占用该目标资源的方案可以使得该第一通信设备更不容易抢占该第二通信设备使用的资源，这样可以更好地保证该第二通信设备的正常通信，避免因其他通信设备抢占该目标资源导致的影响该第二通信设备正常通信的情况发生。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该第一通信设备根据该第二通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用目标资源，还包括：在确定该修正参考信息的情况下，根据第一参考信息、该修正参考信息和预设抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该控制信息还包括偏移值指示域，该偏移值指示域用于指示该第一目标偏移值。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中，在该第一通信设备根据该第二通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用目标资源之前，该方法还包括：该第一通信设备接收网络设备发送的第一偏移值指示信息，该第一偏移值指示信息用于指示该第一目标偏移值。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该第一通信设备根据该第二通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用目标资源，包括：该第一通信设备在确定该第二通信设备的业务类型和该第一通信设备的业务类型不同的情况下，根据第二目标偏移值和预设抢占阈值确定修正抢占阈值。不同的业务类型的优先级不同。换句话说，第一通信设备可以在该第二通信设备的业务类型的优先级与该第一通信设备业务类型的的优先级不同情况 下基于目标偏移值确定是否可以占用该目标资源。与不基于目标偏移值相比，基于目标偏移值确定是否可以占用该目标资源的方案可提高或降低该第一通信设备抢占该第二通信设备使用的资源的情况。因此，上述技术方案提供了一种更灵活地调整该第一通信设备能否抢占该第二通信设备的使用的资源的方案。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该第一通信设备根据该第二通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用目标资源，还包括：根据第一参考信息、第二参考信息和该修正抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该控制信息还包括偏移值指示域，该偏移值指示域用于指示该第二目标偏移值。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中，在该第一通信设备根据该第二通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用目标资源之前，该方法还包括：该第一通信设备接收网络设备发送的第二偏移值指示信息，该第二偏移值指示信息用于指示该第二目标偏移值。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该第一通信设备根据该第二通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用目标资源，包括：该第一通信设备在确定该第二通信设备的业务类型和该第一通信设备的业务类型相同的情况下，根据第一参考信息、第二参考信息和预设抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该第一参考信息为该第一通信设备的优先级信息，该第二参考信息为该第二通信设备的优先级信息；或者该第一参考信息为该第一通信设备的服务质量QoS信息，该第二参考信息为该第二通信设备的QoS信息。
第三方面，本申请实施例提供一种使用资源的方法，该方法包括：第一通信设备获取第一配置信息和第二配置信息中的至少一个，该第一配置信息包括N个第一参考信息，该第二配置信息包括M个第二参考信息，该N个第一参考信息与该M个第二参考信息不同，N和M均为大于或等于1的正整数；该第一通信设备根据获取到的配置信息使用资源。上述技术方案中，该第一通信设备可以获取不同的参考信息，从而可以根据不同的参考信息确定使用资源的方法。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该N个第一参考信息为N个第一优先级信息，该M个第二参考信息为M个第二优先级信息；或者，该N个第一参考信息为N个第一服务质量QoS信息，该M个第二参考信息为M个第二QoS信息。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该N个第一优先级信息和该N个第一QoS对应于第一业务类型；该N个第二优先级信息和该N个第二QoS对应于第二业务类型。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该第一业务类型为单播业务，该第二业务类型为组播业务和广播业务中的任一个或全部；或者，该第一业务类型为该单播业务，该第二业务类型为非单播业务；或者，该第一业务类型为非周期业务，该第二业务类型为周期业务。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该第一通信设备根据获取到的配置信息使用资源，包括：在该第一通信设备的业务类型为该第一业务类型的情况下，该 第一通信设备发送第一控制信息，该第一控制信息中携带该N个第一参考信息中的一个；在该第一通信设备的业务类型为该第二业务类型的情况下，该第一通信设备发送第二控制信息，该第二控制信息中携带该M个第二参考信息中的一个。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该第一通信设备根据获取到的配置信息使用资源，包括：在该第一通信设备的业务类型为该第一业务类型的情况下，该第一通信设备根据该N个第一参考信息中的一个与接收到的由第二通信设备发送的第一参考信息或第二参考信息，确定是否使用该第二通信设备使用的资源；在该第一通信设备的业务类型为该第二业务类型的情况下，该第一通信设备根据该M个第二参考信息中的一个与接收到的由该第二通信设备发送的第一参考信息或第二参考信息，确定是否使用该第二通信设备使用的资源。
第四方面，本申请实施例提供一种配置信息的方法，该方法包括：网络设备确定第一配置信息，该第一配置信息包括N个第一参考信息，N为大于或等于1的正整数；该网络设备确定第二配置信息，该第二配置信息包括M个第二参考信息，该N个第一参考信息与该M个第二参考信息不同，M为大于或等于1的正整数；该网络设备向通信设备发送该第一配置信息或该第二配置信息中的至少一个。上述技术方案中，该第一通信设备可以获取不同的参考信息，从而可以根据不同的参考信息确定使用资源的方法。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该N个第一参考信息为N个第一优先级信息，该M个第二参考信息为M个第二优先级信息；或者，该N个第一参考信息为N个第一服务质量QoS信息，该M个第二参考信息为M个第二QoS信息。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该N个第一优先级信息和该N个第一QoS对应于第一业务类型；该N个第二优先级信息和该N个第二QoS对应于第二业务类型。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该第一业务类型为单播业务，该第二业务类型为组播业务和广播业务中的任一个或全部；该第一业务类型为该单播业务，该第二业务类型为非单播业务；或者，该第一业务类型为非周期业务，该第二业务类型为周期业务。
第五方面，本申请实施例提供一种使用资源的方法，该方法包括：第一通信设备获取第三配置信息和第四配置信息中的至少一个，该第三配置信息包括J个阈值信息，该第四配置信息包括K个阈值信息，该J个阈值信息与该K个阈值信息不同，J和K均为大于或等于1的正整数；该第一通信设备根据获取到的配置信息使用资源。上述技术方案中，该第一通信设备可以获取不同的配置信息，从而可以根据不同的配置信息确定使用资源的方法。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该阈值信息为用于资源抢占的比较门限；该J个阈值信息为用于在具有第二业务类型的业务之间进行资源抢占的比较门限，或者，为用于在具有第一业务类型的业务之间进行资源抢占的比较门限；该K个阈值信息为用于具有第二业务类型的业务抢占具有第一业务类型的业务的比较门限，或者，为用于具有第一业务类型的业务抢占具有第二业务类型的业务的比较门限。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该第一业务类型为单播业务，该第二业务类型为组播业务和广播业务中的任一个或全部；或者，该第一业务类型为该单 播业务，该第二业务类型为非单播业务；或者，该第一业务类型为非周期业务，该第二业务类型为周期业务。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该第一通信设备根据获取到的配置信息使用资源，包括：该第一通信设备根据该第一通信设备的参考信息、第二通信设备的参考信息和目标阈值信息，确定是否使用该第二通信设备使用的资源，其中该目标阈值信息为该K个阈值信息中的一个或该J个阈值信息中的一个。
第六方面，本申请实施例提供一种使用资源的方法，该方法包括：网络设备确定第三配置信息，该第三配置信息包括J个阈值信息；该网络设备确定第四配置信息，该第四配置信息包括K个阈值信息，该J个阈值信息信息与该K个阈值信息不同，J和K均为大于或等于1的正整数；该网络设备向通信设备发送该第三配置信息和该第四配置信息中的至少一个。上述技术方案中，该第一通信设备可以获取不同的配置信息，从而可以根据不同的配置信息确定使用资源的方法。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该阈值信息为用于资源抢占的比较门限；该J个阈值信息为用于在具有第二业务类型的业务之间进行资源抢占的比较门限，或者，为用于在具有第一业务类型的业务之间进行资源抢占的比较门限；该K个阈值信息为用于具有第二业务类型的业务抢占具有第一业务类型的业务的比较门限，或者，为用于具有第一业务类型的业务抢占具有第二业务类型的业务的比较门限。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该第一业务类型为单播业务，该第二业务类型为组播业务和广播业务中的任一个或全部；或者，该第一业务类型为该单播业务，该第二业务类型为非单播业务；或者，该第一业务类型为非周期业务，该第二业务类型为周期业务。
第七方面，本申请实施例提供一种占用资源的方法，该方法包括：第一通信设备确定使用目标资源，其中该目标资源是第二通信设备的资源池中的资源，该第二通信设备的资源池与该第一通信设备的资源池不同；该第一通信设备发送占用指示信息，该占用指示信息用于指示该目标资源是否能够被抢占。基于上述技术方案，其他通信设备可以基于该第一通信设备发送的占用指示信息确定是否能占用该第一通信设备使用的资源。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该占用指示信息被包括在该第一通信设备发送的控制信息内。即，该第一设备发送的控制信息中包括一个域，该域中包括的内容就是该占用指示信息。该控制信息比数据信息提前发送。所述提前发送有助于周围的通信设备较早识别冲突，避免资源碰撞。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该占用指示信息独立于该控制信息。即，该第一通信设备可以单独发送该占用指示信息或者将该占用指示信息与其他信息(即别的控制信息)一起发送。该占用指示信息比该控制信息提前发送。所述提前发送有助于周围的通信设备较早识别冲突，避免资源碰撞。
第八方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信设备，该设备包括用于执行第一方面或第一方面的任一种可能的实现方式的单元。
第九方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信设备，该设备包括用于执行第二方面或第二方面的任一种可能的实现方式的单元。
第十方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信设备，该设备包括用于执行第三方面或第三方 面的任一种可能的实现方式的单元。
第十一方面，本申请实施例提供一种网络设备，该设备包括用于执行第四方面或第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式的单元。
第十二方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信设备，该设备包括用于执行第五方面或第五方面的任一种可能的实现方式的单元。
第十三方面，本申请实施例提供一种网络设备，该设备包括用于执行第六方面或第六方面的任一种可能的实现方式的单元。
第十四方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信设备，该设备包括用于执行第七方面或第七方面的任一种可能的实现方式的单元。
第十五方面，本申请实施例提供一种存储介质，该存储介质存储用于实现第一方面或第一方面的任一种可能的实现方式所述的方法的指令。
第十六方面，本申请实施例提供一种存储介质，该存储介质存储用于实现第二方面或第二方面的任一种可能的实现方式所述的方法的指令。
第十七方面，本申请实施例提供一种存储介质，该存储介质存储用于实现第三方面或第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式所述的方法的指令。
第十八方面，本申请实施例提供一种存储介质，该存储介质存储用于实现第四方面或第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式所述的方法的指令。
第十九方面，本申请实施例提供一种存储介质，该存储介质存储用于实现第五方面或第五方面的任一种可能的实现方式所述的方法的指令。
第二十方面，本申请实施例提供一种存储介质，该存储介质存储用于实现第六方面或第六方面的任一种可能的实现方式所述的方法的指令。
第二十一方面，本申请实施例提供一种存储介质，该存储介质存储用于实现第七方面或第七方面的任一种可能的实现方式所述的方法的指令。
第二十二方面，本申请提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任一种可能的实现方式所述的方法。
第二十三方面，本申请提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任一种可能的实现方式所述的方法。
第二十四方面，本申请提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式所述的方法。
第二十五方面，本申请提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第四方面或第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式所述的方法。
第二十六方面，本申请提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第五方面或第五方面的任一种可能的实现方式所述的方法。
第二十七方面，本申请提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当该计算机程序产品 在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第六方面或第六方面的任一种可能的实现方式所述的方法。
第二十八方面，本申请提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第七方面或第七方面的任一种可能的实现方式所述的方法。
第二十九方面，本申请实施例提供一种芯片，该芯片包括用于执行第一方面或第一方面的任一种可能的实现方式的模块。
第三十方面，本申请实施例提供一种芯片，该芯片包括用于执行第二方面或第二方面的任一种可能的实现方式的模块。
第三十一方面，本申请实施例提供一种芯片，该芯片包括用于执行第三方面或第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式的模块。
第三十二方面，本申请实施例提供一种芯片，该芯片包括用于执行第四方面或第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式的模块。
第三十三方面，本申请实施例提供一种芯片，该芯片包括用于执行第五方面或第五方面的任一种可能的实现方式的模块。
第三十四方面，本申请实施例提供一种芯片，该芯片包括用于执行第六方面或第六方面的任一种可能的实现方式的模块。
第三十五方面，本申请实施例提供一种芯片，该芯片包括用于执行第七方面或第七方面的任一种可能的实现方式的模块。
附图说明
图1是D2D网络覆盖范围的示意图。
图2给出Mode 1的示意图。
图3是根据本申请实施例提供的一种使用资源的方法的示意性流程图。
图4是根据本申请实施例提供的另一种使用资源的方法的示意性流程图。
图5是根据本申请实施例提供的另一种使用资源的方法的示意性流程图。
图6是根据本申请实施例提供的另一种使用资源的方法的示意性流程图。
图7是根据本申请实施例提供的另一使用资源的方法的示意性流程图。
图8是根据本申请实施例提供的使用资源的方法的示意性流程图。
图9是根据本申请实施例提供的另一使用资源的方法的示意性流程图。
图10是根据本发明实施例提供的通信设备的结构框图。
图11是根据本发明实施例提供的网络设备的结构框图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图，对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。
本申请中，“至少一个”是指一个或者多个，“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”，描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B的情况，其中A，B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下中的至少一项(个)”或其 类似表达，是指的这些项中的任意组合，包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如，a，b或c中的至少一项(个)，可以表示：a、b、c、a-b、a-c、b-c、或a-b-c，其中a、b、c可以是单个，也可以是多个。另外，在本申请的实施例中，“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定。
需要说明的是，本申请中，“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其他实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言，使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信***，例如：全球移动通信(global system for mobile communications，GSM)***、码分多址(code division multiple access，CDMA)***、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，WCDMA)***、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service，GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)***、高级长期演进技术(LTE-Advanced，LTE-A)、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)***、LTE时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)、通用移动通信***(universal mobile telecommunication system，UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access，WiMAX)通信***、未来的第五代(5 th generation，5G)***或新无线(new radio，NR)等。
本申请实施例中所称的通信设备可以是终端设备也可以是网络设备。
本申请实施例中所称的终端设备可以指用户设备、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备，未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network，PLMN)中的终端设备等，本申请实施例对此并不限定。
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备，该网络设备可以是全球移动通信(global system for mobile communications，GSM)***或码分多址(code division multiple access，CDMA)中的基站(base transceiver station，BTS)，也可以是宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，WCDMA)***中的基站(NodeB，NB)，还可以是LTE***中的演进型基站(evoled NodeB，eNB或eNodeB)，还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network，CRAN)场景下的无线控制器，或者该网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的网络设备(如gNB)或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等，本申请实施例并不限定。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备或网络设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作***层，以及运行在操作***层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit，MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作***可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作***，例如，Linux操作***、Unix操作***、Android操作***、iOS操作***或windows操 作***等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且，本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定，只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序，以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可，例如，本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或网络设备，或者，是终端设备或网络设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。
另外，本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如，计算机可读介质可以包括，但不限于:磁存储器件(例如，硬盘、软盘或磁带等)，光盘(例如，压缩盘(compact disc，CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc，DVD)等)，智能卡和闪存器件(例如，可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory，EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外，本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于，无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。
为了便于本领域技术人员更好地理解本申请的技术方案，首先对能够应用本申请技术方案的场景进行介绍。本申请的技术方案可以应用于设备到设备(device to device，D2D)通信。利用D2D通信的设备可以称为D2D设备。本申请实施例中所称的通信设备也可以是D2D设备。
为了提高频谱利用率及最大限度的利用现有终端设备的射频能力，D2D通信链路，即边链路(side link，SL)，考虑复用现有移动通信网络的频谱资源。为了不干扰到现有网络的终端设备，D2D通信不使用下行链路(即网络设备到终端设备)的频谱资源，而只复用上行链路(即终端设备到网络设备)的频谱资源。因为网络设备的抗干扰能力比普通终端设备要好很多。D2D设备在该上行频谱资源时分复用的可能性较大，这样就不需要支持同时收发，在一个时刻只需要要么发送要么接收。
在第三代合作伙伴计划(3 rd Generation Partnership Project，3GPP)Rel-12/13版本中，D2D场景可以分为有网络覆盖、部分网络覆盖和没有网络覆盖3种设备。有网络覆盖的场景下D2D设备在网络设备的覆盖范围内；部分网络覆盖场景有一部分D2D设备在网络设备的覆盖范围内，另一部分D2D设备不在网络设备的覆盖范围内；没有网络覆盖的场景下，所有D2D设备都不在网络设备的覆盖范围。如果终端设备能听到网络设备的信号，为网络覆盖内终端设备。如果终端设备能听到网络覆盖内的终端设备的信号为部分网络覆盖终端设备。如果前两种信号终端设备都收不到，为网络覆盖外的终端设备。如图1所示，终端设备1属于网络覆盖范围内终端设备，终端设备2属于部分网络覆盖终端设备，终端设备3、终端设备4以及终端设备5属于网络覆盖外的终端设备。
D2D通信可以分为D2D设备发现和D2D设备通信两种，D2D设备发现只发送发现信号，D2D设备通信发送调度指派(scheduling assignment，SA)和数据，相对LTE,LTE-A或者5G***等中的上行链路和下行链路，D2D通信链路称为边链路(sidelink，SL)。
从发送用户(发送设备)角度，D2D设备通信的资源分配现在有两种模式。
模式一(Mode 1)：是集中控制式的方法，D2D的资源由一个中心控制设备如网络设备或中继站进行分配，资源通过调度的方式分配给发送终端使用，集中控制式资源分配主要针对有网络覆盖场景。
模式二(Mode 2)：是基于竞争的分布式资源复用方法，由发送设备通过竞争的方式从资源池中获得发送资源。在有网络覆盖的场景下，资源池是由网络设备分出的一整块资源，所有D2D设备在这整块资源中竞争小块的资源。在没有网络覆盖的场景下，资源池是D2D设备能够获得一块预定义的***带宽，所有D2D设备在预定义的资源下竞争资源。
与设备通信类似，设备发现的资源分配也有两种类型。
类型一(Type 1)：是基于竞争的分布式资源复用方法，由发送设备通过竞争的方式从资源池中获得发送资源。在有网络覆盖的场景下，资源池是由网络设备分出的一整块资源，所有D2D设备在这整块资源中竞争小块的资源。在没有网络覆盖的场景下，资源池是D2D设备能够获得一块预定义的***带宽，所有D2D设备在预定义的资源下竞争资源。
类型二(Type 2)：是集中控制式的方法，D2D的资源由一个中心控制设备如网络设备或中继站进行分配，资源通过调度的方式分配给发送终端使用，集中控制式资源分配主要针对有网络覆盖场景。
应理解对于Mode 2和Type 1这种基于竞争的资源分配方式，由于没有中心控制器协调，不同的终端设备就可能竞争相同的资源，于是产生冲突；当终端设备数量较多时，这种冲突情况产生的概率很高。
例如，对于D2D设备通信，发送设备先发送调度指派(scheduling assignment，SA)，(重复发送2次)，例如边链路控制信息(sidelink control information，SCI)，其中携带数据包的资源信息，然后发送数据包(重复发送4次)，图2给出Mode 1的示意图，Mode2类似，只是没有网络设备，资源由发送设备随机选择或基于自动感应/检测来找到可供使用的资源；接收设备先盲检SA，根据其中携带的数据包的资源信息接收数据包。其中所述的自动感应/检测来找到可供使用的资源包括进行信号强度或信号能量检测，以及检测周围设备发送的SCI，从而判定哪些资源可以使用。
目前，SA现在只有SCI格式0(SCI format 0)一种格式，SCI format 0包括的字段如下表1所示的字段。
表1
字段(fields) 比特数 描述(descriptions)
频率跳频 1 是否使用跳频，跳频在规范中是固定的
资源块分配 5-13 UL 0类型的资源分配可以重用
时域资源图样 7 位图(bitmap)
调制编码方案 5 64QAM除外
定时提前 11 数据接收定时调整
身份、标识符 8 目的地标识
总数 37-45  
除了D2D通信外，本申请是技术方案还可以用于车连万物(Vehicle to Everything，V2X)技术。
在3GPP Rel-14/15/16版本，V2X作为D2D技术的一个主要应用顺利立项。V2X将在 已有D2D技术的基础上对V2X的具体应用需求进行优化，需要进一步减少V2X设备的接入时延，解决资源冲突问题。
V2X具体又包括车与车(Vehicle to Vehicle，V2V)、汽车与行人通信(Vehicle to Pedestrian，V2P)、车与基础设施(Vehicle to Infrastructure，V2I)、车与网络(Vehicle to Network)需求。V2V指的是基于移动网络的车辆间通信；V2P指的是基于移动网络的车辆与人(包括行人、骑自行车的人、司机、或乘客)的通信；V2I指的是基于移动网络的车辆与路边装置(Road Side Unit，RSU)的通信；V2N指的是基于移动网络的车辆与基站/网络的通信。
RSU可以包括两种类型：终端设备类型的RSU，由于布在路边，该终端类型的RSU处于非移动状态，不需要考虑移动性；网络设备类型的RSU，可以给与之通信的车辆提供定时同步及资源调度。
从整个V2X***的角度而言，整个V2X的传输资源可以被划分为若干个子信道(sub-channel)。对于发送设备和接收设备而言，所发送和接收的控制信息和数据资源也是相对固定的。接收端在控制信息所在的资源池接收SA，根据SA中所携带的控制信息再去进一步解码数据。
一个子信道(sub-channel)包含若干个在频域上连续的资源块(resource block，RB)，子信道的大小可以由网络设备配置或事先预配置。任何一个子信道都可以用来进行V2X数据信息的传输。例如，在一个子信道内，从最低的RB序号(lowest index of the RB)开始，一共两个连续的RB的为物理边链路控制信道(physical sidelink control channel，PSCCH)，用于传输V2X控制信息，剩余的连续的RB为物理边链路共享信道(physical sidelink shared channel，PSSCH)，用于传输数据(data)。时域上，以一个子帧(subframe)，或时隙(slot)，或符号(symbol)为基本单位。进一步地，LTE V2X中SA和数据在频域上采用频分复用(frequency division multiplexing，FDM)的形式，在时域上共同占满整个子帧。应理解，在一个部分带宽(bandwidth part，BWP)上可以包括多个子信道。
进一步在5G NR***中，引入了新的PSCCH和PSSCH资源分配的可选项，因此，上述只作为示例，实际中，PSCCH和PSSCH可以是时域资源上分割(separated)，频域资源上分割，或者，交叠(overlapped)并且PSCCH为其中一部分。当资源上分割时，可以是参照上述各种时域单位以及频域单位进行组合。
如上所述，本申请实施例可以应用于D2D通信。在此情况下，本申请实施例中的第一通信设备和第二通信设备可以是两个终端设备。
如上所述，本申请实施例可以应用于V2X。在此情况下，本申请实施例中的第一通信设备和第二通信设备可以是两个车辆或者设置在车辆中的车载设备。或者，该第一通信设备可以是车辆或者设置在车辆中的车载设备，该第二通信设备可以是行人携带的终端设备，例如移动电话、具有无线通信功能的可穿戴设备等。或者，该第二通信设备可以是车辆或者设置在车辆中的车载设备，该第一通信设备可以是行人携带的终端设备，例如移动电话、具有无线通信功能的可穿戴设备等。或者，该第一通信设备和该第二通信设备可以是不同的由行人携带的终端设备，例如移动电话、具有无线通信功能的可穿戴设备等。或者，该第一通信设备可以是车辆或者设置在车辆中的车载设备，该第二通信设备可以是网络设备。或者，该第二通信设备可以是车辆或者设置在车辆中的车载设备，该第一通信设 备可以是网络设备。或者，该第一通信设备可以是车辆或者设置在车辆中的车载设备，该第二通信设备可以是RSU。或者，该第二通信设备可以是车辆或者设置在车辆中的车载设备，该第二通信设备可以是RSU。
本申请实施例中所称的业务类型也可以称为通信类型。下面将结合具体的例子详细描述本申请的实施例。需要说明的是，这只是为了帮助本领域技术人员更好地理解本申请实施例，而非限制本申请实施例的范围。
应理解，在本申请的各实施例中，“第一”、“第二”等仅是为了指代不同的对象，并不表示对指代的对象有其它限定。
图3是根据本申请实施例提供的一种使用资源的方法的示意性流程图。
301，第一通信设备接收第二通信设备发送的控制信息，该控制信息包括偏移值指示域，该偏移值指示域用于指示目标偏移值。
302，该第一通信设备根据该目标偏移值，确定是否使用目标资源，其中该目标资源是该第二通信设备占用的资源。
该第一通信设备与该第二通信设备可以使用相同的资源传输数据。本申请实施例中所称的资源可以是时域资源，频域资源或空间域资源中的至少一个。例如，若该资源是时域资源，则该时域资源可以是符号(symbol)，时隙(slot)子，迷你时隙(mini-slot)或子帧(subframe)中的任何一个或多个的组合。又如，若该资源是频域资源，则该资源可以是资源元素(resource element，RE)，资源块(resource block，RB)，物理资源块(physical resource block，PRB)，子信道(sub-channel)中的任何一个或多个的组合。若该资源是空间域资源，则该资源可以是波束(beam)或天线端口。
如上所述，本申请实施例可以应用于D2D通信或V2X中，因此，本申请实施例中的资源可以是边链路资源。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一通信设备与该第二通信设备可以共享同一个资源池，该资源池中包括多个资源。该第一通信设备与该第二通信设备可以使用该资源池中的资源传输数据。
可选的，在另一些实施例中，该第一通信设备与该第二通信设备使用的资源池不同。但是该第一通信设备可以占用第二通信设备所使用的资源池中的资源。
该第二通信设备在使用某一个资源(例如该目标资源)传输数据时，会发送控制信息，该控制信息中可以包括该第二通信设备的参考信息。可选的，在一些实施例中，参考信息可以是优先级信息。例如，该参考信息可以是PPPP。又如，该参考信息可以是预先设定的通信设备的优先级。可选的，在另一些实施例中，参考信息可以是服务质量(quality of service，QoS)信息。该QoS信息可以是QoS等级。该QoS等级可以是QoS标识(QoS identification)，该QoS等级也可以是QoS索引(QoS index)。为便于描述，以下将第一通信设备的参考信息称为第一参考信息，将第二通信设备的参考信息称为第二参考信息。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该控制信息可以调度控制信息(scheduling control information，SCI)。可选的，在一些实施例中，该SCI可以是是下行控制信息(downlink control information，DCI)5A。可选的，在另一些实施例中，该SCI可以是DCI X。可选的，在另一些实施例中，该控制信息可以是DCI 5B或DCI Y。
可选的，在一些实施例中，单播(unicast)指点对点传输，即一个通信设备与另一个 通信设备之间进行数据传输；组播(groupcast)也可以称之为多播(multicast)，指点对多点传输，即一个通信设备与另几个通信设备之间进行数据传输，其中另几个通信设备与一个通信设备属于同一个组或同一个集合；广播(broadcast)也指点对多点传输，即一个通信设备与周围的通信设备进行数据传输，周围的通信设备都监听，检测及解析数据。通常，单播中会考虑信道测量反馈，和/或数据传输的反馈；组播可以考虑信道测量反馈，和/或数据传输的反馈；广播通常不考虑信道测量反馈，和/或数据传输的反馈。因此，单播在和组播/广播一起传输时，单播的优先级会较高；组播在和广播一起传输时，组播的优先级会较高。
可选的，在一些实施例中，通信设备传输的数据可以分为非周期性的数据(aperiodical data)和周期性的数据(periodical data)。非周期性的数据传输是动态触发的，不是周期性持续的；周期性的数据是半静态配置或半静态配置加动态触发的，是周期性传输的，或者说，是在一定的窗口(window)或持续时间(duration)内，周期性传输的。例如，半持续性的(semi-persistent)传输。
数据传输的业务类型会有所不同。一方面，数据传输的业务类型可以包括单播，组播，或广播中的一种或多种情形。上述也可以概括为，数据传输的业务类型可以包括单播，或非单播中的一种或多种情形。另一方面，数据传输的业务类型还可以包括非周期性，及周期性中的一种或多种情形。
该第二通信设备可以根据该第二通信设备的业务类型来确定该控制信息所携带的内容。本申请实施例中所称的通信设备的业务类型是指该通信设备使用占用的资源(即该目标资源)进行的数据传输的业务类型。
可选的，在一些实施例中，若该第二通信设备的业务类型是单播业务，则该第二通信设备发送的控制信息中包括该偏移值指示域；若该第二通信设备的业务类型是组播业务、多播业务或者非单播业务，则该第二通信设备发送的控制信息中不包括该偏移值指示域。
可选的，在一些实施例中，若该第二通信设备的业务类型是非周期业务，则该第二通信设备发送的控制信息中包括该偏移值指示域；若该第二通信设备的业务类型是周期业务，则该第二通信设备发送的控制信息中不包括该偏移值指示域。
可选的，在一些实施例中，若该第二通信设备的业务类型是组播业务，则该第二通信设备发送的控制信息中包括该偏移值指示域；若该第二通信设备的业务类型是多播业务，则该第二通信设备发送的控制信息中不包括该偏移值指示域。
换句话说，该第二通信设备可以通过控制信息是否包括偏移值指示域来间接指示或隐含指示该第二通信设备的业务类型。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该偏移值指示域可以替换为一个特定的指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示需要修正所述控制信息中包含的参考信息。其中，所述需要修正所述控制信息中包含的参考信息，包括，需要提升所述控制信息中包含的参考信息，或者，需要降低所述控制信息中包含的参考信息。即，该第二通信设备可以通过控制信息是否包括所述指示信息来间接指示或隐含指示该第二通信设备的业务类型。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该偏移值指示域可以替换为一个特定的指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示是否需要修正所述控制信息中包含的参考信息。其中，所述是否需要修正所述控制信息中包含的参考信息，包括，需要修正所述控制信息中包含的参考信息，或者， 不需要修正所述控制信息中包含的参考信息。所述需要修正所述控制信息中包含的参考信息，可以进一步包含，需要提升所述控制信息中包含的参考信息，或者，需要降低所述控制信息中包含的参考信息。即，该第二通信设备可以通过控制信息是否包括所述指示信息来间接指示或隐含指示该第二通信设备的业务类型。
若该第一通信设备接收到的由该第二通信设备发送的控制信息中包括该偏移值指示域，则该第一通信设备可以根据该控制信息中的参考信息(即该第二参考信息)、该第一通信设备自身的参考信息(以下简称第一参考信息)和该偏移值指示域所指示的目标偏移值来确定是否使用该目标资源。若该第一通信设备接收到的由该第二通信设备发送的控制信息中不包括该偏移值指示域，则该第一通信设备可以直接根据该第一参考信息以及该第二参考信息确定是否使用该目标资源。
可选的，在一些实施例中，若该第二通信设备的业务类型是单播业务，则该第二通信设备发送的控制信息中包括该偏移值指示域且该偏移值指示域所指示的目标偏移值不为0；若该第二通信设备的业务类型是组播业务、多播业务或者非单播业务，则该第二通信设备发送的控制信息中包括该偏移值指示域且该偏移值指示域所指示的目标偏移值为0。
可选的，在一些实施例中，若该第二通信设备的业务类型是非周期业务，则该第二通信设备发送的控制信息中包括该偏移值指示域且该偏移值指示域所指示的目标偏移值不为0；若该第二通信设备的业务类型是周期业务，则该第二通信设备发送的控制信息中包括该偏移值指示域且该偏移值指示域所指示的目标偏移值为0。
可选的，在一些实施例中，若该第二通信设备的业务类型是组播业务，则该第二通信设备发送的控制信息中包括该偏移值指示域且该偏移值指示域所指示的目标偏移值不为0；若该第二通信设备的业务类型是多播业务，则该第二通信设备发送的控制信息中包括该偏移值指示域且该偏移值指示域所指示的目标偏移值为0。
换句话说，该第二通信设备可以通过偏移值指示域所指示的目标偏移值的取值来间接指示该第二通信设备的业务类型。
若该第一通信设备接收到的由该第二通信设备发送的控制信息中包括的偏移值指示域所指示的目标偏移值不为0，则该第一通信设备可以根据该控制信息中的参考信息(即该第二参考信息)、该第一通信设备自身的参考信息(以下简称第一参考信息)和该偏移值指示域所指示的目标偏移值来确定是否使用该目标资源。若该第一通信设备接收到的由该第二通信设备发送的控制信息中包括的偏移值指示域所指示的目标偏移值为0，则该第一通信设备可以直接根据该第一参考信息以及该第二参考信息确定是否使用该目标资源。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该偏移值指示域中可以包括该目标偏移值的具体取值。换句话说，该偏移值指示域中可以包括该目标偏移值。
可选的，在另一些实施例中，该第一通信设备中可以保存一个对应关系，该对应关系中可以包括多个偏移值和多个索引，该多个偏移值和该多个索引一一对应。该偏移值指示域中可以包括目标偏移值的索引。该第一通信设备可以根据该目标偏移值的索引以及该对应关系，确定出该目标偏移值。该第一通信设备中保存的对应关系可以是预先配置一个对应关系，或者从网络设备接收该对应关系的配置。网络设备可以通过无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control，RRC)信令或媒体接入控制(medium access control，MAC)信令进行接收。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一通信设备根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和该目标偏移值确定是否使用该目标资源包括：该第一通信设备根据该第二参考信息和该目标偏移值，确定修正参考信息；根据该第一参考信息和该修正参考信息，确定是否使用该目标资源。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一通信设备根据该第二参考信息和该目标偏移值确定修正参考信息可以是：该第一通信设备确定该修正参考信息为该第二参考信息与该目标偏移值的和。例如，在一些实施例中，该第二参考信息是该第二通信设备的PPPP。假设该第二通信设备的PPPP为PPPP 2，则该修正参考信息可以是PPPP 2’，其中PPPP 2’＝PPPP 2+offset，其中offset表示该目标偏移值，该目标偏移值可以是大于或等于1的正整数。又如，在一些实施例中，该第二参考信息是该第二通信设备的QoS标识或QoS index。假设该第二通信设备的QoS标识或QoS index为QoS 2，则该修正参考信息可以是QoS 2’，其中QoS 2’＝QoS 2+offset，其中offset表示该目标偏移值，该目标偏移值可以是大于或等于1的正整数。
可选的，在另一些实施例中，该第一通信设备根据该第二参考信息和该目标偏移值确定该修正参考信息可以是：该第一通信设备确定该修正参考信息为该第二参考信息域该目标偏移值的积。例如，在一些实施例中，该第二参考信息是该第二通信设备的PPPP。假设该第二通信设备的PPPP为PPPP 2，则该修正参考信息可以是PPPP 2’，其中PPPP 2’＝PPPP 2×offset，其中offset表示该目标偏移值，该目标偏移值可以是大于1的数。又如，在一些实施例中，该第二参考信息是该第二通信设备的QoS标识。假设该第二通信设备的QoS标识为QoS 2，则该修正参考信息可以是QoS 2’，其中QoS 2’＝QoS 2×offset，其中offset表示该目标偏移值，该目标偏移值可以是大于1的数。
可选的，在另一些实施例中，该第一通信设备根据该第二参考信息和该目标偏移值确定该修正参考信息可以是：该第一通信设备确定该修正参考信息为该第二参考信息域该目标偏移值的商。例如，在一些实施例中，该第二参考信息是该第二通信设备的PPPP。假设该第二通信设备的PPPP为PPPP 2，则该修正参考信息可以是PPPP 2’，其中PPPP 2’＝PPPP 2/offset，其中offset表示该目标偏移值，该目标偏移值可以是大于0且小于1的数。又如，在一些实施例中，该第二参考信息是该第二通信设备的QoS标识。假设该第二通信设备的QoS标识为QoS 2，则该修正参考信息可以是QoS 2’，其中QoS 2’＝QoS 2/offset，其中offset表示该目标偏移值，该目标偏移值可以是大于0且小于1的数。
可选的，在另一些实施例中，该第一通信设备还可以根据一个函数来确定该修正参考信息。例如，该函数为二元函数。该第二参考信息和该目标偏移值是该二元函数的自变量，该二元函数的因变量就是该修正参考信息。例如，假设该参考信息是PPPP，该二元函数f(PPPP，offset)可以是f(PPPP，offset)＝PPPP+offset+2。假设该第二通信设备的PPPP为PPPP 2，则该修正参考信息PPPP 2’，其中PPPP 2’＝PPPP 2+offset+2，其中offset表示该目标偏移值，该目标偏移值可以是大于或等于1的正整数。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一通信设备根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和该目标偏移值确定是否使用该目标资源包括：该第一通信设备根据该第一参考信息和该目标偏移值，确定修正参考信息；根据该第二参考信息和该修正参考信息，确定是否使用该目标资源。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一通信设备根据该第二参考信息和该目标偏移值确定修正参考信息可以是：该第一通信设备确定该修正参考信息为该第一参考信息与该目标偏移值的差。例如，在一些实施例中，该第一参考信息是该第一通信设备的PPPP。假设该第一通信设备的PPPP为PPPP 1，则该修正参考信息可以是PPPP 1’，其中PPPP 1’＝PPPP 1-offset，其中offset表示该目标偏移值，该目标偏移值可以是大于或等于1的正整数。又如，在一些实施例中，该第一参考信息是该第一通信设备的QoS标识。假设该第一通信设备的QoS标识为QoS 1，则该修正参考信息可以是QoS 1’，其中QoS 1’＝QoS 1-offset，其中offset表示该目标偏移值，该目标偏移值可以是大于或等于1的正整数。
可选的，在另一些实施例中，该第一通信设备根据该第一参考信息和该目标偏移值确定该修正参考信息可以是：该第一通信设备确定该修正参考信息为该第一参考信息域该目标偏移值的积。例如，在一些实施例中，该第一参考信息是该第一通信设备的PPPP。假设该第一通信设备的PPPP为PPPP 1，则该修正参考信息可以是PPPP 1’，其中PPPP 1’＝PPPP 1×offset，其中offset表示该目标偏移值，该目标偏移值可以是大于0且小于1的数。又如，在一些实施例中，该第一参考信息是该第一通信设备的QoS标识。假设该第一通信设备的QoS标识为QoS 1，则该修正参考信息可以是QoS 1’，其中QoS 1’＝QoS 1×offset，其中offset表示该目标偏移值，该目标偏移值可以是大于0且小于1的数。
可选的，在另一些实施例中，该第一通信设备根据该第一参考信息和该目标偏移值确定该修正参考信息可以是：该第一通信设备确定该修正参考信息为该第一参考信息域该目标偏移值的商。例如，在一些实施例中，该第一参考信息是该第一通信设备的PPPP。假设该第一通信设备的PPPP为PPPP 1，则该修正参考信息可以是PPPP 1’，其中PPPP 1’＝PPPP 1/offset，其中offset表示该目标偏移值，该目标偏移值可以是大于1的数。又如，在一些实施例中，该第一参考信息是该第二通信设备的QoS标识。假设该第一通信设备的QoS标识为QoS 1，则该修正参考信息可以是QoS 1’，其中QoS 1’＝QoS 1/offset，其中offset表示该目标偏移值，该目标偏移值可以是大于1的数。
可选的，在另一些实施例中，该第一通信设备还可以根据一个函数来确定该修正参考信息。例如，该函数为二元函数。该第一参考信息和该目标偏移值是该二元函数的自变量，该二元函数的因变量就是该修正参考信息。例如，假设该参考信息是PPPP，该二元函数f(PPPP，offset)可以是f(PPPP，offset)＝PPPP+offset+2。假设该第一通信设备的PPPP为PPPP 1，则该修正参考信息PPPP 1’，其中PPPP 1’＝PPPP 1+offset+2，其中offset表示该目标偏移值，该目标偏移值可以是大于或等于1的正整数。
现有技术中，当检测通信设备检测某资源时，需要获取被检测到的资源上的控制信息中的PPPP，以及资源具***置(称为目标资源)，并且根据检测通信设备自身PPPP与被检测到的资源上的PPPP进行比较。在表2中取该检测通信设备自身PPPP与被检测到的资源上的PPPP交叉处的对应的阈值，该阈值可以称为目标阈值。如果目标资源的信号强度满足该目标阈值，或者，如果该控制信息的信号强度小于或等于该目标阈值，则可以使用该目标资源，否则不能使用该目标资源。目标资源的信号强度满足该目标阈值是指检测通信设备在该目标资源检测到的信号强度小于或等于该目标阈值。该控制信息的信号强度满足该目标阈值是指检测到的控制信息SCI的信号强度小于或等于该目标阈值。该检测到的信号强度可以为参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Received Power，RSRP)，参考信 号接收质量(Reference Signal Received Quality，RSRQ)，接收信号强度指示(received signal strength indicator，RSSI)，信号与干扰噪声比(signal-to-interference-plus-noise ratio，SINR)中的任何一个。
表2
  PPPP1b PPPP2b PPPP3b PPPP4b PPPP5b PPPP6b PPPP7b PPPP8b
PPPP1a TH 1 TH 2 TH 3 TH 4 TH 5 TH 6 TH 7 TH 8
PPPP2a TH 9 TH 10 TH 11 TH 12 TH 13 TH 14 TH 15 TH 16
PPPP3a TH 17 TH 18 TH 19 TH 20 TH 21 TH 22 TH 23 TH 24
PPPP4a TH 25 TH 26 TH 27 TH 28 TH 29 TH 30 TH 31 TH 32
PPPP5a TH 33 TH 34 TH 35 TH 36 TH 37 TH 38 TH 39 TH 40
PPPP6a TH 41 TH 42 TH 43 TH 44 TH 45 TH 46 TH 47 TH 48
PPPP7a TH 49 TH 50 TH 51 TH 52 TH 53 TH 54 TH 55 TH 56
PPPP8a TH 57 TH 58 TH 59 TH 60 TH 61 TH 62 TH 63 TH 64
表2中的PPPP1a至PPPP8a表示检测通信设备的PPPP，PPPP1b至PPPP8b表示控制信息中的PPPP，其中PPPP1a至PPPP8a分别为不同的PPPP。换句话说，PPPP1a至PPPP8a中任意两个PPPP不同。类似的，PPPP1b至PPPP8b分别为不同的PPPP。换句话说，PPPP1b至PPPP8b中任意两个PPPP不同。PPPP1a与PPPP1b可以相同，PPPP2a与PPPP2b可以相同，以此类推。表2示出了的预设抢占阈值共包括64个阈值。可选的，在一些实施例中，TH 1至TH 64中的任意两个阈值不同。可选的，在另一些实施例中，TH 1至TH 64中部的部分阈值可以是相同的。
例如，若检测通信设备的PPPP为PPPP1a，控制信息中的PPPP为PPPP6b，则该目标阈值为TH 6。又如，若检测通信设备的PPPP为PPPP8a，控制信息中的PPPP为PPPP1b，则该目标阈值为TH 57。
可以理解的是，表2示出了8个检测通信设备自身PPPP与8个被检测到的资源上的PPPP的对应关系，预设抢占阈值共包括64个阈值。在另一些实施例中，检测通信设备自身PPPP与被检测到的资源上的PPPP的对应关系还可以是其他数目，例如6×6，12×12等，相应的，预设抢占阈值的数目也可以是其他数目，在此就不一一列举。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一通信设备根据该第一参考信息、该修正参考消息和预设抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源，包括：该第一通信设备根据该第一参考信息和该修正参考信息，从预设抢占阈值中确定目标阈值；若该目标资源的信号强度满足该目标阈值，或者，如果该控制信息的信号强度小于或等于该目标阈值，则可以使用该目标资源，否则不能使用该目标资源。该目标资源的信号强度满足目标阈值是指在该目标资源检测到的信号强度小于或等于该目标阈值。检测到的信号强度可以为RSRP，RSRQ，RSSI，SINR中的任何一个。
还以表2为例，表2示出了的预设抢占阈值共包括64个阈值。该第一通信设备可以通过以下方式从预设抢占阈值中确定该目标阈值：该第一通信设备可以确定该第一参考信息(即该第一通信设备的PPPP)与该修正参考信息(即根据第二通信设备的PPPP和目标偏移值确定的修正后的PPPP)在表2中交叉处的阈值是该目标阈值。
例如，若该第一通信设备的PPPP为PPPP1a，修正后的PPPP为PPPP6b，则该目标 阈值为TH 6。又如，若该第一通信设备的PPPP为PPPP8a，修正后的PPPP为PPPP1b，则该目标阈值为TH 57。
该第一通信设备根据该第二参考信息、该修正参考信息和该预设抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源的具体实现方式与该第一通信设备根据该第一参考信息、该修正参考信息以及该预设抢占阈值确定是否使用目标资源的具体实现方式类似，在此就不必赘述。
在一些实施例中，该第一通信设备根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和预设抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源，包括：该第一通信设备根据该第一参考信息和该第二参考信息，从预设抢占阈值中确定目标阈值；若该目标资源的信号强度满足该目标阈值，或者，如果该控制信息的信号强度小于或等于该目标阈值，则可以使用该目标资源，否则不能使用该目标资源。该目标资源的信号强度满足目标阈值是指在该目标资源检测到的信号强度小于或等于该目标阈值。检测到的信号强度可以为RSRP，RSRQ，RSSI，SINR中的任何一个。
还以表2为例，表2示出了的预设抢占阈值共包括64个阈值。该第一通信设备可以通过以下方式从预设抢占阈值中确定该目标阈值：该第一通信设备可以确定该第一参考信息(即该第一通信设备的PPPP)与该第二参考信息(即该第二通信设备的PPPP)在表2中交叉处的阈值是该目标阈值。
例如，若该第一通信设备的PPPP为PPPP1a，该第二通信设备的PPPP为PPPP6b，则该目标阈值为TH 6。又如，若该第一通信设备的PPPP为PPPP8a，该第二通信设备的PPPP为PPPP1b，则该目标阈值为TH 57。
可选的，在一些实施例中，预设抢占阈值可以由基站配置并发送至该第一通信设备。
可选的，在一些实施例中，不同的参考信息对应的预设抢占阈值可以是不同的。例如，对应于优先级信息的抢占阈值可以不同于对应于QoS信息的抢占阈值。
图4是根据本申请实施例提供的另一种使用资源的方法的示意性流程图。
401，第一通信设备接收第二通信设备发送的控制信息，该控制信息包括业务类型指示域，该业务类型指示域用于指示该第二通信设备的业务类型。
402，该第一通信设备根据该第二通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用目标资源，其中该目标资源是该第二通信设备使用的资源。
该第一通信设备与该第二通信设备可以使用相同的资源传输数据。本申请实施例中所称的资源可以是时域资源，频域资源或空间域资源中的至少一个。例如，若该资源是时域资源，则该时域资源可以是符号(symbol)，时隙(slot)子，迷你时隙(mini-slot)或子帧(subframe)中的任何一个或多个的组合。又如，若该资源是频域资源，则该资源可以是资源元素(resource element，RE)，资源块(resource block，RB)，物理资源块(physical resource block，PRB)，子信道(sub-channel)中的任何一个或多个的组合。若该资源是空间域资源，则该资源可以是波束(beam)或天线端口。
如上所述，本申请实施例可以应用于D2D通信或V2X中，因此，本申请实施例中的资源可以是边链路资源。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一通信设备与该第二通信设备可以共享同一个资源池，该资源池中包括多个资源。该第一通信设备与该第二通信设备可以使用该资源池中的资源传输数据。
可选的，在另一些实施例中，该第一通信设备与该第二通信设备使用的资源池不同。但是该第一通信设备可以占用第二通信设备所使用的资源池中的资源。
该第二通信设备在使用某一个资源(例如该目标资源)传输数据时，会发送控制信息，该控制信息中可以包括该第二通信设备的参考信息。可选的，在一些实施例中，参考信息可以是优先级信息。例如，该参考信息可以是PPPP。又如，该参考信息可以是预先设定的通信设备的优先级。可选的，在另一些实施例中，参考信息可以是服务质量(quality of service，QoS)信息。该QoS信息可以是QoS等级。该QoS等级可以是QoS标识(QoS identification)，该QoS等级也可以是QoS索引(QoS index)。为便于描述，以下将第一通信设备的参考信息称为第一参考信息，将第二通信设备的参考信息称为第二参考信息。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该控制信息可以调度控制信息(scheduling control information，SCI)。可选的，在一些实施例中，该SCI可以是是下行控制信息(downlink control information，DCI)5A。可选的，在另一些实施例中，该SCI可以是DCI X。可选的，在另一些实施例中，该控制信息可以是DCI 5B或DCI Y。
可选的，在一些实施例中，通信设备的业务类型包括单播业务、组播业务和广播业务中的任意两个或全部。换句话说，该第二通信设备的业务类型可以是单播业务或者组播业务或者广播业务。
可选的，在一些实施例中，通信设备的业务类型可以包括非周期业务和周期业务。换句话说，该第二通信设备的业务类型可以是非周期业务或周期业务。
可选的，在一些实施例中，通信设备的业务类型可以包括组播业务和广播业务。换句话说，该第二通信设备的业务类型可以是组播业务或广播业务。
单播、组播、广播以及周期业务和非周期业务的介绍可以参见图1所示的实施例，在此就不必赘述。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该业务类型指示域可以只包括1个比特。
例如，若该比特的取值为0，则表示该业务类型指示域所指示的该第二通信设备的业务类型是单播业务；若该比特的取值为1，则表示该业务类型指示域所指示的该第二通信设备的业务类型是组播业务。
又如，若该比特的取值为0，则表示该业务类型指示域所指示的第二通信设备的业务类型是单播业务；若该比特的取值为1，则表示该业务类型指示域所指示的该第二通信设备的业务类型是广播业务。
又如，若该比特的取值为0，则表示该业务类型指示域所指示的该第二通信设备的业务类型是单播业务；若该比特的取值为1，则表示该业务类型指示域所指示的该第二通信设备的业务类型是非单播业务。
又如，若该比特的取值为0，则表示该业务类型指示域所指示的该第二通信设备的业务类型是非周期业务；若该比特的取值为1，则表示该业务类型指示域所指示的该第二通信设备的业务类型是周期业务。
又如，若该比特的取值为0，则表示该业务类型指示域所指示的该第二通信设备的业务类型是组播业务；若该比特的取值为1，则表示该业务类型指示域所指示的该第二通信设备的业务类型是广播业务。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该业务类型指示域可以2个比特或者更多比特。
以2个比特为例，若该业务类型指示域为00，则表示该第二通信设备的业务类型是单播业务；该业务类型指示域为01，则表示该第二通信设备的业务类型是组播业务；若该业务类型指示域为10，则表示该第二通信设备的业务类型是广播业务。
又如，若该业务类型指示域为00，则表示该第二通信设备的业务类型是单播业务；该业务类型指示域为11，则表示该第二通信设备的业务类型是非单播业务。
又如，若该业务类型指示域为00，则表示该第二通信设备的业务类型是非周期业务；该业务类型指示域为11，则表示该第二通信设备的业务类型是周期业务。
又如，若该业务类型指示域为00，则表示该第二通信设备的业务类型是组播业务；该业务类型指示域为11，则表示该第二通信设备的业务类型是广播业务。
以3个比特为例，若该业务类型指示域为000，则表示该第二通信设备的业务类型是单播业务；该业务类型指示域为001，则表示该第二通信设备的业务类型是组播业务；若该业务类型指示域为010，则表示该第二通信设备的业务类型是广播业务；若该业务类型指示域为011，则表示该第二通信设备的业务类型是非周期业务；若该业务类型指示域为100，则表示该第二通信设备的业务类型是周期业务；若该业务类型指示域为101，则表示该第二通信设备的业务类型是非单播业务。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一通信设备根据该第二通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用目标资源，包括：该第一通信设备在确定该第二通信设备的业务类型为单播业务的情况下，可以根据第一参考信息、第二参考信息和目标偏移值，确定是否使用该目标资源；该第一通信设备在确定该第二通信设备的业务类型为组播业务或广播业务的情况下，可以根据该第一参考信息和该第二参考信息，确定是否使用该目标资源。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一通信设备根据该第二通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用目标资源，包括：该第一通信设备在确定该第二通信设备的业务类型为单播业务的情况下，可以根据第一参考信息、第二参考信息和目标偏移值，确定是否使用该目标资源；该第一通信设备在确定该第二通信设备的业务类型为非单播业务的情况下，可以根据该第一参考信息和该第二参考信息，确定是否使用该目标资源。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一通信设备根据该第二通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用目标资源，包括：该第一通信设备在确定该第二通信设备的业务类型为组播业务的情况下，可以根据第一参考信息、第二参考信息和目标偏移值，确定是否使用该目标资源；该第一通信设备在确定该第二通信设备的业务类型为广播业务的情况下，可以根据该第一参考信息和该第二参考信息，确定是否使用该目标资源。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一通信设备根据该第二通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用目标资源，包括：该第一通信设备在确定该第二通信设备的业务类型为非周期业务的情况下，可以根据第一参考信息、第二参考信息和目标偏移值，确定是否使用该目标资源；该第一通信设备在确定该第二通信设备的业务类型为周期业务的情况下，可以根据该第一参考信息和该第二参考信息，确定是否使用该目标资源。
该第一通信设备根据第一参考信息、第二参考信息和目标偏移值，确定是否使用该目标资源的具体实现方式，可以参照图1所示的实施例，在此就不必赘述。该第一通信设备根据该第一参考信息和该第二参考信息，确定是否使用该目标资源的具体实现方式，可以参照图1所示的实施例，在此就不必赘述。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该目标偏移值可以是预设在该第一通信设备中的。
可选的，在另一些实施例中，该目标偏移值可以是网络设备发送给该第一通信设备的。换句话说，该第一通信设备还可以接收网络设备发送的偏移值指示信息，该偏移值指示信息用于指示该目标偏移值。该偏移值指示信息可以由无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control，RRC)消息携带。该偏移值指示信息还可以由媒体接入控制(medium access control，MAC)消息携带。其中，该RRC消息可以是广播消息或者通信设备特定的专用消息。
可选的，在另一些实施例中，该第二通信设备发送的控制信息中还可以包括偏移值指示域，该偏移值指示域用于指示该目标偏移值。该偏移值指示域可以直接指示该目标偏移值(即该偏移值指示域中包括该目标偏移值)。该偏移值指示域也可以间接指示该目标偏移值。该偏移值指示域指示该目标偏移值的具体实现方式可以参见图1所示的实施例，在此就不必赘述。
图5是根据本申请实施例提供的另一种使用资源的方法的示意性流程图。
501，第一通信设备接收第二通信设备发送的控制信息，该控制信息包括业务类型指示域，该业务类型指示域用于指示该第二通信设备的业务类型。
502，该第一通信设备根据该第二通信设备的业务类型和该第一通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用目标资源，其中该目标资源是该第二通信设备使用的资源。
该第一通信设备与该第二通信设备可以使用相同的资源传输数据。本申请实施例中所称的资源可以是时域资源，频域资源或空间域资源中的至少一个。例如，若该资源是时域资源，则该时域资源可以是符号(symbol)，时隙(slot)子，迷你时隙(mini-slot)或子帧(subframe)中的任何一个或多个的组合。又如，若该资源是频域资源，则该资源可以是资源元素(resource element，RE)，资源块(resource block，RB)，物理资源块(physical resource block，PRB)，子信道(sub-channel)中的任何一个或多个的组合。若该资源是空间域资源，则该资源可以是波束(beam)或天线端口。
如上所述，本申请实施例可以应用于D2D通信或V2X中，因此，本申请实施例中的资源可以是边链路资源。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一通信设备与该第二通信设备可以共享同一个资源池，该资源池中包括多个资源。该第一通信设备与该第二通信设备可以使用该资源池中的资源传输数据。
可选的，在另一些实施例中，该第一通信设备与该第二通信设备使用的资源池不同。但是该第一通信设备可以占用第二通信设备所使用的资源池中的资源。
该第二通信设备在使用某一个资源(例如该目标资源)传输数据时，会发送控制信息，该控制信息中可以包括该第二通信设备的参考信息。可选的，在一些实施例中，参考信息可以是优先级信息。例如，该参考信息可以是PPPP。又如，该参考信息可以是预先设定的通信设备的优先级。可选的，在另一些实施例中，参考信息可以是服务质量(quality of service，QoS)信息。该QoS信息可以是QoS等级。该QoS等级可以是QoS标识(QoS identification)，该QoS等级也可以是QoS索引(QoS index)。为便于描述，以下将第一通信设备的参考信息称为第一参考信息，将第二通信设备的参考信息称为第二参考信息。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该控制信息可以调度控制信息(scheduling control information，SCI)。可选的，在一些实施例中，该SCI可以是是下行控制信息(downlink  control information，DCI)5A。可选的，在另一些实施例中，该SCI可以是DCI X。可选的，在另一些实施例中，该控制信息可以是DCI 5B或DCI Y。
可选的，在一些实施例中，通信设备的业务类型包括单播业务、组播业务和广播业务中的任意两个或全部。换句话说，该第二通信设备的业务类型可以是单播业务或者组播业务或者广播业务，该第一通信设备的业务类型可以是单播业务或者组播业务或者广播业务。
可选的，在一些实施例中，通信设备的业务类型可以包括非周期业务和周期业务。换句话说，该第二通信设备的业务类型可以是非周期业务或周期业务，该第一通信设备的业务类型可以是非周期业务或周期业务。
可选的，在一些实施例中，通信设备的业务类型可以包括组播业务和广播业务。换句话说，该第二通信设备的业务类型可以是组播业务或广播业务，该第二通信设备的业务类型可以是组播业务或广播业务。
该业务类型指示域指示该第二通信设备的业务类型的实现方式可以参照图2所示的实施例，在此就不必赘述。
作为一种实施例，目标偏移值可以用来表示用于修订抢占阈值的偏移值，因此通过该目标偏移值和预设抢占阈值，可以确定修正抢占阈值。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一通信设备根据该第二通信设备的业务类型(以下简称第二业务类型)和该第一通信设备的业务类型(以下简称第一业务类型)，确定是否使用目标资源，包括：该第一通信设备若确定该第一通信设备的业务类型不同于该第二通信设备的业务类型，则根据目标偏移值和预设抢占阈值确定修正抢占阈值，然后根据第一参考信息、第二参考信息和该修正抢占阈值，确定是否可以使用该目标资源。例如，若该第一通信设备确定该第一业务类型为单播业务，该第二业务类型为广播业务，则根据该目标偏移值和该预设抢占阈值，确定修正抢占阈值；根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和该修正抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源。
又如，若该第一通信设备确定该第一业务类型为广播业务，该第二业务类型为单播业务，则根据该目标偏移值和该预设抢占阈值，确定修正抢占阈值；根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和该修正抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源。
又如，若该第一通信设备确定该第一业务类型为单播业务，该第二业务类型为组播业务，则根据该目标偏移值和该预设抢占阈值，确定修正抢占阈值；根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和该修正抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源。
又如，若该第一通信设备确定该第一业务类型为组播业务，该第二业务类型为单播业务，则根据该目标偏移值和该预设抢占阈值，确定修正抢占阈值；根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和该修正抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源。
又如，若该第一通信设备确定该第一业务类型为单播业务，该第二业务类型为非单播业务，则根据该目标偏移值和该预设抢占阈值，确定修正抢占阈值；根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和该修正抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源。
又如，若该第一通信设备确定该第一业务类型为非单播业务，该第二业务类型为单播业务，则根据该目标偏移值和该预设抢占阈值，确定修正抢占阈值；根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和该修正抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源。
又如，若该第一通信设备确定该第一业务类型为组播业务，该第二业务类型为广播业务，则根据该目标偏移值和该预设抢占阈值，确定修正抢占阈值；根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和该修正抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源。
又如，若该第一通信设备确定该第一业务类型为广播业务，该第二业务类型为组播业务，则根据该目标偏移值和该预设抢占阈值，确定修正抢占阈值；根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和该修正抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源。
又如，若该第一通信设备确定该第一业务类型为非周期业务，该第二业务类型为周期业务，则根据该目标偏移值和该预设抢占阈值，确定修正抢占阈值；根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和该修正抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源。
又如，若该第一通信设备确定该第一业务类型为周期业务，该第二业务类型为非周期业务，则根据该目标偏移值和该预设抢占阈值，确定修正抢占阈值；根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和该修正抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该根据该目标偏移值和该预设抢占阈值，确定修正抢占阈值，包括：若该第一业务类型为单播业务，该第二业务类型为广播业务，则该修正抢占阈值为该预设抢占阈值与该目标偏移值的和；若该第一业务为广播业务，该第二业务为单播业务，则该修正抢占阈值为该预设抢占阈值与该目标偏移值的差。
还以表2所示的预设抢占阈值为例。表3是在该第一业务类型为单播业务，该第二业务类型为广播业务的情况下，根据该预设抢占阈值和该目标偏移值确定的修正抢占阈值示意。
表3
  PPPP1b PPPP2b PPPP3b PPPP4b PPPP5b PPPP6b PPPP7b PPPP8b
PPPP1a TH 1’ TH 2’ TH 3’ TH 4’ TH 5’ TH 6’ TH 7’ TH 8’
PPPP2a TH 9’ TH 10’ TH 11’ TH 12’ TH 13’ TH 14’ TH 15’ TH 16’
PPPP3a TH 17’ TH 18’ TH 19’ TH 20’ TH 21’ TH 22’ TH 23’ TH 24’
PPPP4a TH 25’ TH 26’ TH 27’ TH 28’ TH 29’ TH 30’ TH 31’ TH 32’
PPPP5a TH 33’ TH 34’ TH 35’ TH 36’ TH 37’ TH 38’ TH 39’ TH 40’
PPPP6a TH 41’ TH 42’ TH 43’ TH 44’ TH 45’ TH 46’ TH 47’ TH 48’
PPPP7a TH 49’ TH 50’ TH 51’ TH 52’ TH 53’ TH 54’ TH 55’ TH 56’
PPPP8a TH 57’ TH 58’ TH 59’ TH 60’ TH 61’ TH 62’ TH 63’ TH 64’
表3中的PPPP1a至PPPP8a表示第一通信设备的PPPP，PPPP1b至PPPP8b表示第二通信设备的PPPP，其中PPPP1a至PPPP8a分别为不同的PPPP。换句话说，PPPP1a至PPPP8a中任意两个PPPP不同。类似的，PPPP1b至PPPP8b分别为不同的PPPP。换句话说，PPPP1b至PPPP8b中任意两个PPPP不同。PPPP1a与PPPP1b可以相同，PPPP2a与PPPP2b可以相同，以此类推。
在该第一业务类型为单播业务，该第二业务类型为广播业务的情况下，TH 1’＝TH 1+offset，offset表示该目标偏移值，TH 2’＝TH 2+offset，TH 3’＝TH 3+offset，以此类推。可以看出，修正抢占阈值中的每个修正抢占阈值是对应的预设抢占阈值与该目标偏移值的和。
表4是在该第一业务为广播业务，该第二业务为单播业务的情况下，根据该预设抢占 阈值和该目标偏移值确定的修正抢占阈值示意。
表4
  PPPP1b PPPP2b PPPP3b PPPP4b PPPP5b PPPP6b PPPP7b PPPP8b
PPPP1a TH 1” TH 2” TH 3” TH 4” TH 5” TH 6” TH 7” TH 8”
PPPP2a TH 9” TH 10” TH 11” TH 12” TH 13” TH 14” TH 15” TH 16”
PPPP3a TH 17” TH 18” TH 19” TH 20” TH 21” TH 22” TH 23” TH 24”
PPPP4a TH 25” TH 26” TH 27” TH 28” TH 29” TH 30” TH 31” TH 32”
PPPP5a TH 33” TH 34” TH 35” TH 36” TH 37” TH 38” TH 39” TH 40”
PPPP6a TH 41” TH 42” TH 43” TH 44” TH 45” TH 46” TH 47” TH 48”
PPPP7a TH 49” TH 50” TH 51” TH 52” TH 53” TH 54” TH 55” TH 56”
PPPP8a TH 57” TH 58 TH 59” TH 60” TH 61” TH 62” TH 63” TH 64”
表4中的PPPP1a至PPPP8a表示第一通信设备的PPPP，PPPP1b至PPPP8b表示第二通信设备的PPPP，其中PPPP1a至PPPP8a分别为不同的PPPP。换句话说，PPPP1a至PPPP8a中任意两个PPPP不同。类似的，PPPP1b至PPPP8b分别为不同的PPPP。换句话说，PPPP1b至PPPP8b中任意两个PPPP不同。PPPP1a与PPPP1b可以相同，PPPP2a与PPPP2b可以相同，以此类推。
在该第一业务类型为广播业务，该第二业务类型为单播业务的情况下，TH 1”＝TH 1-offset，offset表示该目标偏移值，TH 2”＝TH 2-offset，TH 3”＝TH 3-offset，以此类推。可以看出，修正抢占阈值中的每个修正抢占阈值是对应的预设抢占阈值与该目标偏移值的差。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该根据该目标偏移值和该预设抢占阈值，确定修正抢占阈值，包括：若该第一业务类型为单播业务，该第二业务类型为组播业务，则该修正抢占阈值为该预设抢占阈值与该目标偏移值的和；若该第一业务为组播业务，该第二业务为单播业务，则该修正抢占阈值为该预设抢占阈值与该目标偏移值的差。确定该修正抢占阈值的具体实现方式可以参见上述实施例，在此就不必赘述。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该根据该目标偏移值和该预设抢占阈值，确定修正抢占阈值，包括：若该第一业务类型为单播业务，该第二业务类型为非单播业务，则该修正抢占阈值为该预设抢占阈值与该目标偏移值的和；若该第一业务为非单播业务，该第二业务为单播业务，则该修正抢占阈值为该预设抢占阈值与该目标偏移值的差。确定该修正抢占阈值的具体实现方式可以参见上述实施例，在此就不必赘述。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该根据该目标偏移值和该预设抢占阈值，确定修正抢占阈值，包括：若该第一业务类型为组播业务，该第二业务类型为广播业务，则该修正抢占阈值为该预设抢占阈值与该目标偏移值的和；若该第一业务为广播业务，该第二业务为组播业务，则该修正抢占阈值为该预设抢占阈值与该目标偏移值的差。确定该修正抢占阈值的具体实现方式可以参见上述实施例，在此就不必赘述。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该根据该目标偏移值和该预设抢占阈值，确定修正抢占阈值，包括：若该第一业务类型为非周期业务，该第二业务类型为周期业务，则该修正抢占阈值为该预设抢占阈值与该目标偏移值的和；若该第一业务为周期业务，该第二业务为非周期业务，则该修正抢占阈值为该预设抢占阈值与该目标偏移值的差。确定该修正抢占阈 值的具体实现方式可以参见上述实施例，在此就不必赘述。
该第一通信设备根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和该修正抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源的实现方式与图1所示实施例中该第一通信设备根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息以及预设抢占阈值确定是否使用该目标资源的实现方式相同，在此就不必赘述。
可选的，在另一些实施例中，该第一通信设备还可以根据该第一参考信息和该第二参考信息，从预设抢占阈值中确定目标阈值；根据该目标阈值和该目标偏移值，确定修正目标阈值，若该目标资源的信号强度满足该修正目标阈值，或者，如果该控制信息的信号强度小于或等于该修正目标阈值，则可以使用该目标资源，否则不能使用该目标资源。该目标资源的信号强度满足修正目标阈值是指在该目标资源检测到的信号强度小于或等于该修正目标阈值。检测到的信号强度可以为RSRP，RSRQ，RSSI，SINR中的任何一个。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一通信设备根据该目标阈值和该目标偏移值，确定修正目标阈值，包括：若该第一业务类型为单播业务，该第二业务类型为广播业务，则该修正目标阈值为该目标阈值与该目标偏移值的和；若该第一业务为广播业务，该第二业务为单播业务，则该修正目标阈值为该目标阈值与该目标偏移值的差。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一通信设备根据该目标阈值和该目标偏移值，确定修正目标阈值，包括：若该第一业务类型为单播业务，该第二业务类型为组播业务，则该修正目标阈值为该目标阈值与该目标偏移值的和；若该第一业务为组播业务，该第二业务为单播业务，则该修正目标阈值为该目标阈值与该目标偏移值的差。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一通信设备根据该目标阈值和该目标偏移值，确定修正目标阈值，包括：若该第一业务类型为单播业务，该第二业务类型为非单播业务，则该修正目标阈值为该目标阈值与该目标偏移值的和；若该第一业务为非单播业务，该第二业务为单播业务，则该修正目标阈值为该目标阈值与该目标偏移值的差。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一通信设备根据该目标阈值和该目标偏移值，确定修正目标阈值，包括：若该第一业务类型为组播业务，该第二业务类型为广播业务，则该修正目标阈值为该目标阈值与该目标偏移值的和；若该第一业务为广播业务，该第二业务为组播业务，则该修正目标阈值为该目标阈值与该目标偏移值的差。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一通信设备根据该目标阈值和该目标偏移值，确定修正目标阈值，包括：若该第一业务类型为非周期业务，该第二业务类型为周期业务，则该修正目标阈值为该目标阈值与该目标偏移值的和；若该第一业务为周期业务，该第二业务为非周期业务，则该修正目标阈值为该目标阈值与该目标偏移值的差。
该第一通信设备用于确定该修正抢占阈值的目标偏移值的获取方式与图2所示实施例中用于确定修正参考信息的目标偏移值的获取方式类似，即可以预设在该第一通信设备中，还可以由网络设备发送，还可以由第二通信设备发送，具体实现方式可以参见图2所示的实施例，在此就不必赘述。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一通信设备根据该第二通信设备的业务类型(以下简称第二业务类型)和该第一通信设备的业务类型(以下简称第一业务类型)，确定是否使用目标资源，包括：该第一通信设备若确定该第一通信设备的业务类型与该第二通信设备的业务类型相同，则根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和预设抢占阈值，确定是否可 以使用该目标资源。
例如，若该第一通信设备确定该第一业务类型和该第二业务类型均为单播业务，则根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和预设抢占阈值，确定是否可以使用该目标资源。
又如，若该第一通信设备确定该第一业务类型和该第二业务类型均为广播业务，则根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和预设抢占阈值，确定是否可以使用该目标资源。
又如，若该第一通信设备确定该第一业务类型和该第二业务类型均为组播业务，则根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和预设抢占阈值，确定是否可以使用该目标资源。
又如，若该第一通信设备确定该第一业务类型和该第二业务类型均为非单播业务，则根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和预设抢占阈值，确定是否可以使用该目标资源。
又如，若该第一通信设备确定该第一业务类型和该第二业务类型均为非周期业务，则根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和预设抢占阈值，确定是否可以使用该目标资源。
又如，若该第一通信设备确定该第一业务类型和该第二业务类型均为周期业务，则根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和预设抢占阈值，确定是否可以使用该目标资源。
该第一通信设备根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和该预设抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源的实现方式与可以参见图1所示实施例，在此就不必赘述。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一通信设备根据该第二业务类型和该第一业务类型，确定是否使用目标资源，包括：该第一通信设备若确定该第一通信设备的业务类型不同于该第二通信设备的业务类型，则根据第一参考信息、第二参考信息和该第一预设抢占阈值，确定是否可以使用该目标资源。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一通信设备根据该第二业务类型和该第一业务类型，确定是否使用目标资源，包括：该第一通信设备若确定该第一通信设备的业务类型与该第二通信设备的业务类型相同，则根据第一参考信息、第二参考信息和该第二预设抢占阈值，确定是否可以使用该目标资源。
例如，表5和表6是该第一预设抢占阈值所包括的两个预设抢占阈值列表。
表5
  PPPP1b PPPP2b PPPP3b PPPP4b PPPP5b PPPP6b PPPP7b PPPP8b
PPPP1a TH 1’ TH 2’ TH 3’ TH 4’ TH 5’ TH 6’ TH 7’ TH 8’
PPPP2a TH 9’ TH 10’ TH 11’ TH 12’ TH 13’ TH 14’ TH 15’ TH 16’
PPPP3a TH 17’ TH 18’ TH 19’ TH 20’ TH 21’ TH 22’ TH 23’ TH 24’
PPPP4a TH 25’ TH 26’ TH 27’ TH 28’ TH 29’ TH 30’ TH 31’ TH 32’
PPPP5a TH 33’ TH 34’ TH 35’ TH 36’ TH 37’ TH 38’ TH 39’ TH 40’
PPPP6a TH 41’ TH 42’ TH 43’ TH 44’ TH 45’ TH 46’ TH 47’ TH 48’
PPPP7a TH 49’ TH 50’ TH 51’ TH 52’ TH 53’ TH 54’ TH 55’ TH 56’
PPPP8a TH 57’ TH 58’ TH 59’ TH 60’ TH 61’ TH 62’ TH 63’ TH 64’
表6
  PPPP1b PPPP2b PPPP3b PPPP4b PPPP5b PPPP6b PPPP7b PPPP8b
PPPP1a TH 1” TH 2” TH 3” TH 4” TH 5” TH 6” TH 7” TH 8”
PPPP2a TH 9” TH 10” TH 11” TH 12” TH 13” TH 14” TH 15” TH 16”
PPPP3a TH 17” TH 18” TH 19” TH 20” TH 21” TH 22” TH 23” TH 24”
PPPP4a TH 25” TH 26” TH 27” TH 28” TH 29” TH 30” TH 31” TH 32”
PPPP5a TH 33” TH 34” TH 35” TH 36” TH 37” TH 38” TH 39” TH 40”
PPPP6a TH 41” TH 42” TH 43” TH 44” TH 45” TH 46” TH 47” TH 48”
PPPP7a TH 49” TH 50” TH 51” TH 52” TH 53” TH 54” TH 55” TH 56”
PPPP8a TH 57” TH 58 TH 59” TH 60” TH 61” TH 62” TH 63” TH 64”
表5和表6中的PPPP1a至PPPP8a表示第一通信设备的PPPP，PPPP1b至PPPP8b表示第二通信设备的PPPP，其中PPPP1a至PPPP8a分别为不同的PPPP。换句话说，PPPP1a至PPPP8a中任意两个PPPP不同。类似的，PPPP1b至PPPP8b分别为不同的PPPP。换句话说，PPPP1b至PPPP8b中任意两个PPPP不同。PPPP1a与PPPP1b可以相同，PPPP2a与PPPP2b可以相同，以此类推。
表5中的TH 1’至TH 64’表示预设抢占阈值。可选的，在一些实施例中，TH 1’至TH 64’中的任意两个预设抢占阈值均不相同。可选的，在另一些实施例中，TH 1’至TH 64’中可以包括相同的预设抢占阈值。
表6中的TH 1”至TH 64”表示预设抢占阈值。可选的，在一些实施例中，TH 1”至TH 64”中的任意两个预设抢占阈值均不相同。可选的，在另一些实施例中，TH 1”至TH 64”中可以包括相同的预设抢占阈值。
可选的，在一些实施例中，表5所示的预设抢占阈值可以是在第一通信设备的业务类型是组播业务，第二通信设备的业务类型是单播业务的情况下的预设抢占阈值。表6所示的预设抢占阈值可以是在第二通信设备的业务类型是组播业务，第一通信设备的业务类型是单播业务的情况下的预设抢占阈值。
可选的，在一些实施例中，表5所示的预设抢占阈值可以是在第一通信设备的业务类型是广播业务，第二通信设备的业务类型是单播业务的情况下的预设抢占阈值。表6所示的预设抢占阈值可以是在第二通信设备的业务类型是广播业务，第一通信设备的业务类型是单播业务的情况下的预设抢占阈值。
可选的，在一些实施例中，表5所示的预设抢占阈值可以是在第一通信设备的业务类型是非单播业务，第二通信设备的业务类型是单播业务的情况下的预设抢占阈值。表6所示的预设抢占阈值可以是在第二通信设备的业务类型是非单播业务，第一通信设备的业务类型是单播业务的情况下的预设抢占阈值。
可选的，在一些实施例中，表5所示的预设抢占阈值可以是在第一通信设备的业务类型是广播业务，第二通信设备的业务类型是组播业务的情况下的预设抢占阈值。表6所示的预设抢占阈值可以是在第二通信设备的业务类型是广播业务，第一通信设备的业务类型是组播业务的情况下的预设抢占阈值。
可选的，在一些实施例中，表5所示的预设抢占阈值可以是在第一通信设备的业务类型是周期业务，第二通信设备的业务类型是非周期业务的情况下的预设抢占阈值。表6所示的预设抢占阈值可以是在第二通信设备的业务类型是周期业务，第一通信设备的业务类 型是非周期业务的情况下的预设抢占阈值。
可选的，假设图3所示实施例中所示的表2是该第二预设抢占阈值。表2、表5和表6中的阈值有如下关系：TH 1’<TH 1<TH 1”，TH 2’<TH 2<TH 2”，……，TH 64’<TH 64<TH 64”。
可选的，上述表格中对应同样交叉位置的可以完全不同，或不完全相同。其中，对应同样交叉位置，例如PPPP3a与PPPP4b交叉处的抢占阈值，在表2中为TH 20，在表5中为TH 20’，在表6中为TH 20”，这几个值之间可以完全不同；或者，也可以是TH 20与TH 20’相同，但是与TH 20”不同；或者，也可以是TH 20与TH 20”相同，但是与TH 20’不同，等等。
同样，不同表格中(即，表2，表5，表6)，不同交叉位置的可以完全不同，或不完全相同。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该根据第一参考信息、第二参考信息和该第一预设抢占阈值，确定是否可以使用该目标资源，包括：若该第一业务类型为单播业务，该第二业务类型为广播业务、组播业务或非单播业务，则根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和如表6所示的第一预设抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源；若该第二业务类型为单播业务，该第一业务类型为广播业务、组播业务或非单播业务，则根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和如表5所示的第一预设抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该根据第一参考信息、第二参考信息和该第一预设抢占阈值，确定是否可以使用该目标资源，包括：若该第一业务类型为非周期业务，该第二业务类型为周期业务，则根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和如表6所示的第一预设抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源；若该第二业务类型为非周期业务，该第一业务类型为周期业务，则根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和如表5所示的第一预设抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该根据第一参考信息、第二参考信息和该第一预设抢占阈值，确定是否可以使用该目标资源，包括：若该第一业务类型为组播业务，该第二业务类型为广播业务，则根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和如表6所示的第一预设抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源；若该第二业务类型为组播业务，该第一业务类型为广播业务，则根据该第一参考信息、该第二参考信息和如表5所示的第一预设抢占阈值，确定是否使用该目标资源。
该第一通信设备若确定该第一通信设备的业务类型与该第二通信设备的业务类型相同，则根据第一参考信息、第二参考信息和如表2所示的第二预设抢占阈值，确定是否可以使用该目标资源。
该第一通信设备如何根据参考信息以及预设抢占阈值确定是否可以使用该目标资源的实现方式可以参考图1所示的实施例，在此就不必赘述。
可选的，在另一些实施例中，在一些情况下，即使该第一业务类型与该第二业务类型相同，该第一通信设备也可以根据预设抢占阈值确定出一个抢占阈值。
例如，若该第一业务类型和该第二业务类型均为单播业务或非周期业务，则该第一通信设备可以根据第一偏移值和该预设抢占阈值确定第一抢占阈值；若该第一业务类型和该第二业务类型均为组播业务或广播业务或周期业务，则该第一通信设备可以根据第二偏移 值和该预设抢占阈值确定第二抢占阈值。
又如，若该第一业务类型和该第二业务类型均为组播业务，则该第一通信设备可以根据第一偏移值和该预设抢占阈值确定第一抢占阈值；若该第一业务类型和该第二业务类型均为广播业务，则该第一通信设备可以根据第二偏移值和该预设抢占阈值确定第二抢占阈值。该第一偏移值、该第二偏移值以及该目标偏移值可以是不同的。
该第一通信设备根据第一偏移值(或第二偏移值)和预设抢占阈值确定第一抢占阈值(或第二抢占阈值)的确定方式与该第一通信设备根据目标偏移值和预设抢占阈值确定目标偏移值的确定方式类似，在此就不必赘述。
图6是根据本申请实施例提供的另一种使用资源的方法的示意性流程图。
601，第一通信设备接收第二通信设备发送的控制信息，该控制信息包括偏移值指示域和传输模式指示域，偏移值指示域用于指示目标偏移值，该传输模式指示域用于指示该第二通信设备的传输模式。
或者，可选的，第一通信设备接收第二通信设备发送的控制信息，该控制信息包括传输模式指示域而不包括偏移值指示域，该传输模式指示域用于指示该第二通信设备的传输模式。目标偏移值可以是预设在该第一通信设备或者由网络设备通过RRC信令或MAC信令发送给该第一通信设备的。
602，该第一通信设备根据该第二通信设备的传输模式和该目标偏移值，确定是否使用目标资源，其中该目标资源是该第二通信设备使用的资源。
该第一通信设备与该第二通信设备可以使用相同的资源传输数据。本申请实施例中所称的资源可以是时域资源，频域资源或空间域资源中的至少一个。例如，若该资源是时域资源，则该时域资源可以是符号(symbol)，时隙(slot)子，迷你时隙(mini-slot)或子帧(subframe)中的任何一个或多个的组合。又如，若该资源是频域资源，则该资源可以是资源元素(resource element，RE)，资源块(resource block，RB)，物理资源块(physical resource block，PRB)，子信道(sub-channel)中的任何一个或多个的组合。若该资源是空间域资源，则该资源可以是波束(beam)或天线端口。
如上所述，本申请实施例可以应用于D2D通信或V2X中，因此，本申请实施例中的资源可以是边链路资源。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一通信设备与该第二通信设备可以共享同一个资源池，该资源池中包括多个资源。该第一通信设备与该第二通信设备可以使用该资源池中的资源传输数据。
可选的，在另一些实施例中，该第一通信设备与该第二通信设备使用的资源池不同。但是该第一通信设备可以占用第二通信设备所使用的资源池中的资源。
该第二通信设备在使用某一个资源(例如该目标资源)传输数据时，会发送控制信息，该控制信息中可以包括该第二通信设备的参考信息。可选的，在一些实施例中，参考信息可以是优先级信息。例如，该参考信息可以是PPPP。又如，该参考信息可以是预先设定的通信设备的优先级。可选的，在另一些实施例中，参考信息可以是服务质量(quality of service，QoS)信息。该QoS信息可以是QoS等级。该QoS等级可以是QoS标识(QoS identification)，该QoS等级也可以是QoS索引(QoS index)。为便于描述，以下将第一通信设备的参考信息称为第一参考信息，将第二通信设备的参考信息称为第二参考信息。 可选的，在一些实施例中，该控制信息可以调度控制信息(scheduling control information，SCI)。可选的，在一些实施例中，该SCI可以是是下行控制信息(downlink control information，DCI)5A。可选的，在另一些实施例中，该SCI可以是DCI X。可选的，在另一些实施例中，该控制信息可以是DCI 5B或DCI Y。
传输模式可以包括第一传输模式和第二传输模式。换句话说，该第二通信设备的传输模式可以是第一传输模式或第二传输模式。可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一传输模式可以是基站调度模式，该第二传输模式可以是基于通信设备自动感应或自动检测进行资源选择的模式。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该传输模式指示域可以包括1个比特，在此情况下，该传输模式指示域可以指示2个传输模式。例如，若该比特值为0，则该传输模式指示域所指示的该第二通信设备的传输模式为第一传输模式；若该比特值为1，则该传输模式指示所指示的该第二通信设备的传输模式为第二传输模式。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该传输模式指示域可以包括2个比特，在此情况下，该传输模式指示域可以指示4个传输模式。例如，若该比特值为00，则该传输模式指示域所指示的该第二通信设备的传输模式为第一传输模式；若该比特值为01，则该传输模式指示所指示的该第二通信设备的传输模式为第二传输模式。例如，若该比特值为10，则该传输模式指示域所指示的该第二通信设备的传输模式为第三传输模式；若该比特值为11，则该传输模式指示所指示的该第二通信设备的传输模式为第四传输模式。
可选的，在另一些实施例中，该传输模式指示域还可以包括3个或更多的比特，在此就不一一列举。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该传输模式指示域可以不通过比特位指示，而是隐性地嵌入在已有信息中。例如，可以通过将现有的信息位设置为一个特定的值用来表示传输模式是模式1或者模式2。又例如，可以通过将现有的控制消息中的一些保留位设置为一个特定的值用来表示传输模式是模式1或者模式2。所述信息位或保留位可以参见目前移动通信***(例如LTE***)中的已有信息位或保留位，不再赘述。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一通信设备根据该第二通信设备的传输模式，确定是否使用目标资源，包括：该第一通信设备在确定该第二通信设备的传输模式为第一传输模式的情况下，可以根据第一参考信息、第二参考信息和该目标偏移值，确定是否使用该目标资源；该第一通信设备在确定该第二通信设备的业务类型为第二传输模式的情况下，可以根据该第一参考信息和该第二参考信息，确定是否使用该目标资源。
该第一通信设备根据第一参考信息、第二参考信息和目标偏移值，确定是否使用该目标资源的具体实现方式，可以参照图1所示的实施例，在此就不必赘述。该第一通信设备根据该第一参考信息和该第二参考信息，确定是否使用该目标资源的具体实现方式，可以参照图1所示的实施例，在此就不必赘述。
可选的，在另一些实施例中，该目标偏移值也可以是预设在该第一通信设备或者由网络设备发送给该第一通信设备的。
图7是根据本申请实施例提供的另一使用资源的方法的示意性流程图。
701，第一通信设备获取第一配置信息和第二配置信息中的至少一个，该第一配置信息包括N个第一参考信息，该第二配置信息包括M个第二参考信息，其中该N个第一参 考信息与该N个第二参考信息不同，N和M均为大于或等于1的正整数。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该N个第一参考信息与该M个第二参考信息不同，包括：该N个第一参考信息与该M个第二参考信息不完全相同。可选的，在另一些实施例中，该N个第一参考信息与该M个第二参考信息不同，包括：该N个第一参考信息与该M个第二参考信息完全不同。
可选的，在一些实施例中，只要该N个第一参考信息与该M个第二参考信息中存在不同就可以认为该N个第一参考信息与该M个第二参考信息不同。例如，若M取值不等于N，则该N个第一参考信息与该M个第二参考信息不同。若M等于N，该M个参考信息与该N个参考信息一一对应，只要该N个第一参考信息与该M个第二参考信息中有一组对应的参考信息不同，则该N个第一参考信息与该M个第二参考信息不同。
假设M和N的取值均为5。5个第一参考信息分别为参考信息1a至参考信息5a，5个第二参考信息分别为参考信息1b至参考信息5b。参考信息1a对应于参考信息1b，参考信息2a对应于参考信息2b，参考信息3a对应于参考信息3b，参考信息4a对应于参考信息4b，参考信息5a对应于参考信息5b。
在一些实施例中，若参考信息1a不同于参考信息1b，参考信息2a不同于参考信息2b，参考信息3a不同于参考信息3b，参考信息4a不同于参考信息4b，参考信息5a不同于参考信息5b，则认为该5个第一参考信息与该5个第二参考信息不同。
在一些实施例中，若参考信息1a不同于参考信息1b，参考信息2a与参考信息2b相同，参考信息3a不同于参考信息3b，参考信息4a与参考信息4b相同，参考信息5a不同于参考信息5b，则认为该5个第一参考信息与该5个第二参考信息不同。
可选的，在一些实施例中，参考信息可以是优先级信息。例如，该参考信息可以是PPPP。又如，该参考信息可以是预先设定的通信设备的优先级。相应的，该N个第一参考信息可以是N个第一优先级信息，该M个参考信息可以是M个第二优先级信息。
可选的，在另一些实施例中，该参考信息可以是QoS信息。该QoS信息可以是QoS等级。该QoS等级可以是QoS标识(QoS identification)，该QoS等级也可以是QoS索引(QoS index)。相应的，该N个第一参考信息可以是N个第一QoS信息，该M个参考信息可以是M个第二QoS信息。
可选的，在一些实施例中，第一配置信息对应于第一业务类型，该第二配置信息对应于第二业务类型。换句话说，若该第一配置信息包括N个第一优先级信息，该第二配置信息包括M个第二优先级信息，则该N个第一优先级信息对应该第一业务类型，该M个第二优先级信息对应该第二业务类型。若该第一配置信息包括N个第一QoS信息，该第二配置信息包括M个第二QoS信息，则该N个第一QoS信息对应该第一业务类型，该M个第二QoS信息对应该第二业务类型。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一业务类型为单播业务，该第二业务类型为组播业务和广播业务中的任一个或全部。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一业务类型为单播业务，该第二业务类型为非单播业务。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一业务类型为非周期业务，该第二业务类型为周期业务。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一业务类型为组播业务，该第二业务类型为广播业务。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一通信设备获取第一配置信息和第二配置信息中的至少一个，包括：该第一通信设备获取预先配置的该第一配置信息和该第二配置信息中的至少一个。换句话说，该第一配置信息和该第二配置信息是预先配置在该第一通信设备中的。第一通信设备若希望基于该第一配置信息和/或该第二配置信息使用网络资源，则该第一通信设备可以获取预先配置的该第一配置信息和该第二配置信息中的至少一个。
可选的，在另一些实施例中，该第一通信设备获取第一配置信息和第二配置信息中的至少一个，包括：该第一通信设备接收网络设备发送的该第一配置信息和该第二配置信中的至少一个。
该网络设备可以确定该第一配置信息和该第二配置信息，并可以将确定好的第一配置信息和第二配置信息中的至少一个发送至该第一通信设备。
702，该第一通信设备可以根据获取到的配置信息使用资源。
本申请实施例中所称的资源可以是时域资源，频域资源或空间域资源中的至少一个。例如，若该资源是时域资源，则该时域资源可以是符号(symbol)，时隙(slot)子，迷你时隙(mini-slot)或子帧(subframe)中的任何一个或多个的组合。又如，若该资源是频域资源，则该资源可以是资源元素(resource element，RE)，资源块(resource block，RB)，物理资源块(physical resource block，PRB)，子信道(sub-channel)中的任何一个或多个的组合。若该资源是空间域资源，则该资源可以是波束(beam)或天线端口。
如上所述，本申请实施例可以应用于D2D通信或V2X中，因此，本申请实施例中的资源可以是边链路资源。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一通信设备可以直接使用该资源发送信息。这里所称的信息可以是控制信息也可以是数据信息。换句话说，该第一通信设备可以使用该资源发送控制信息和/或数据信息。另外，该第一通信设备可以直接使用该资源发送信息是指该资源并未被其他通信设备占用。因此，该第一通信设备在使用该资源发送信息之前无需先进行资源抢占。在该第一通信设备的业务类型为该第一业务类型的情况下，该第一通信设备可以发送第一控制信息，该第一控制信息中携带该N个第一参考信息中的一个，该第一控制信息中携带的第一参考信息是该第一通信设备的参考信息。这样，其他通信设备可以通过该第一控制信息中的参考信息确定是否可以占用该第一通信设备使用的资源。在该第一通信设备的业务类型为该第二业务类型的情况下，该第一通信设备可以发送第二控制信息，该第二控制信息中携带该M个第二参考信息中的一个，该第二控制信息中携带的参考信息是该第一通信设备的参考信息。这样，其他通信设备可以通过该第二控制信息中的参考信息确定是否可以占用该第一通信设备使用的资源。其他通信设备确定是否可以使用该第一通信设备使用的资源的具体实现方式可以参见现有技术或者上述实施例。该第一通信设备可以相当于图3至图5所示实施例中的第二通信设备，该其他通信设备可以相当于图3至图5所示实施例中的第一通信设备。
可选的，在另一些实施例中，该第一通信设备可以根据该配置信息确定是否可以抢占其他通信设备(例如第二通信设备)使用的资源。具体地，该第二通信设备在使用一个资源(以下称为目标资源)发送信息的情况下，可以发送控制信息，该第二通信设备发送的控制信息中可以携带该第二通信设备的参考信息。该第一通信设备可以根据该第一通信设 备的参考信息与接收到的由该第二通信设备发送的控制信息中的第二通信设备的参考信息确定是否可以使用该目标资源。若该第一通信设备的业务类型是该第一业务类型，则该第一通信设备的参考信息是该N个第一参考信息中的一个；若该第一通信设备的业务类型是该第二业务类型，则该第一通信设备的参考信息是该M个第二参考信息中的一个。换句话说，在该第一通信设备的业务类型是该第一业务类型的情况下，该第一通信设备可以根据该N个第一参考信息中的一个与接收到的由该第二通信设备发送的参考信息，确定非使用该第二通信设备使用的资源；在该第一通信设备的业务类型是该第二业务类型的情况下，该第一通信设备可以根据该M个第二参考信息中的一个与接收到的由该第二通信设备发送的参考信息，确定是否可以使用该第二通信设备使用的资源。如上所述，在一些实施例中，参考信息可以是优先级信息，在另一些实施例中，参考信息可以是QoS信息。可以理解的是，该第一通信设备参考信息的类型与该第二通信设备的参考信息的类型应该是相同的。具体地，若该第一通信设备的参考信息是优先级信息，则该第二通信设备的参考信息也是优先级信息；若该第一通信设备的参考信息是QoS信息，则该第二通信设备的参考信息也是优先级信息。更具体地，若该第一通信设备的参考信息是PPPP，则该第二通信设备的参考信息也是PPPP；若该第一通信设备的QoS信息是QoS索引，则该第二通信设备的QoS信息也是QoS索引。该第一通信设备确定是否可以使用该第二通信设备使用的资源的具体实现方式可以参见现有技术或者上述实施例。该第一通信设备可以相当于图3至图5所示实施例中的第一通信设备，该第二通信设备可以相当于图3至图5所示实施例中的第二通信设备。
可选的，在一些实施例中，第一配置信息对应于第一传输模式，该第二配置信息对应于第二传输模式。换句话说，若该第一配置信息包括N个第一优先级信息，该第二配置信息包括M个第二优先级信息，则该N个第一优先级信息对应该第一传输模式，该M个第二优先级信息对应该第二传输模式。若该第一配置信息包括N个第一QoS信息，该第二配置信息包括M个第二QoS信息，则该N个第一QoS信息对应该第一传输模式，该M个第二QoS信息对应该第二传输模式。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一传输模式可以是基站调度模式，该第二传输模式可以是基于通信设备自动感应或自动检测进行资源选择的模式。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一通信设备可以直接使用该资源发送信息。这里所称的信息可以是控制信息也可以是数据信息。换句话说，该第一通信设备可以使用该资源发送控制信息和/或数据信息。另外，该第一通信设备可以直接使用该资源发送信息是指该资源并未被其他通信设备占用。因此，该第一通信设备在使用该资源发送信息之前无需先进行资源抢占。在该第一通信设备的传输模式为该第一传输模式的情况下，该第一通信设备可以发送第一控制信息，该第一控制信息中携带该N个第一参考信息中的一个，该第一控制信息中携带的第一参考信息是该第一通信设备的参考信息。这样，其他通信设备可以通过该第一控制信息中的参考信息确定是否可以占用该第一通信设备使用的资源。在该第一通信设备的传输模式为该第二传输模式的情况下，该第一通信设备可以发送第二控制信息，该第二控制信息中携带该M个第二参考信息中的一个，该第二控制信息中携带的参考信息是该第一通信设备的参考信息。这样，其他通信设备可以通过该第二控制信息中的参考信息确定是否可以占用该第一通信设备使用的资源。其他通信设备确定是否可以使用 该第一通信设备使用的资源的具体实现方式可以参见现有技术或者上述实施例。该第一通信设备可以相当于图6所示实施例中的第二通信设备，该其他通信设备可以相当于图6所示实施例中的第一通信设备。
可选的，在另一些实施例中，该第一通信设备可以根据该配置信息确定是否可以抢占其他通信设备(例如第二通信设备)使用的资源。具体地，该第二通信设备在使用一个资源(以下称为目标资源)发送信息的情况下，可以发送控制信息，该第二通信设备发送的控制信息中可以携带该第二通信设备的参考信息。该第一通信设备可以根据该第一通信设备的参考信息与接收到的由该第二通信设备发送的控制信息中的第二通信设备的参考信息确定是否可以使用该目标资源。若该第一通信设备的传输模式是该第一传输模式，则该第一通信设备的参考信息是该N个第一参考信息中的一个；若该第一通信设备的传输模式是该第二传输模式，则该第一通信设备的参考信息是该M个第二参考信息中的一个。换句话说，在该第一通信设备的传输模式是该第一传输模式的情况下，该第一通信设备可以根据该N个第一参考信息中的一个与接收到的由该第二通信设备发送的参考信息，确定非使用该第二通信设备使用的资源；在该第一通信设备的传输模式是该第二传输模式的情况下，该第一通信设备可以根据该M个第二参考信息中的一个与接收到的由该第二通信设备发送的参考信息，确定是否可以使用该第二通信设备使用的资源。如上所述，在一些实施例中，参考信息可以是优先级信息，在另一些实施例中，参考信息可以是QoS信息。可以理解的是，该第一通信设备参考信息的类型与该第二通信设备的参考信息的类型应该是相同的。具体地，若该第一通信设备的参考信息是优先级信息，则该第二通信设备的参考信息也是优先级信息；若该第一通信设备的参考信息是QoS信息，则该第二通信设备的参考信息也是优先级信息。更具体地，若该第一通信设备的参考信息是PPPP，则该第二通信设备的参考信息也是PPPP；若该第一通信设备的QoS信息是QoS索引，则该第二通信设备的QoS信息也是QoS索引。该第一通信设备确定是否可以使用该第二通信设备使用的资源的具体实现方式可以参见现有技术或者上述实施例。该第一通信设备可以相当于图6所示实施例中的第一通信设备，该第二通信设备可以相当于图6所示实施例中的第二通信设备。
图8是根据本申请实施例提供的使用资源的方法的示意性流程图。
801，第一通信设备获取第三配置信息和第四配置信息中的至少一个，第三配置信息包括J个阈值信息，该第四配置信息包括K个阈值信息，该J个阈值信息与该K个阈值信息不同，J和K均为大于或等于1的正整数。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该J个阈值信息与该K个阈值信息不同，包括：该J个阈值信息与该K个阈值信息不完全相同。可选的，在另一些实施例中，该J个阈值信息与该K个阈值信息不同，包括：该J个阈值信息与该K个阈值信息完全不同。
可选的，在一些实施例中，只要该J个阈值信息与该K个阈值信息中存在不同就可以认为该J个阈值信息与该K个阈值信息不同。例如，若J取值不等于K，则该J个阈值信息与该K个阈值信息不同。若J等于K，该J个阈值信息与该K个阈值信息一一对应，只要该J个阈值信息与该K个阈值信息中有一组对应的阈值信息不同，则该J个阈值信息与该K个阈值信息不同。
该阈值信息可以是用于资源抢占的比较门限。换句话说，该阈值信息可以是如表2至 表6所示的阈值。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该阈值信息可以是具体的阈值或门限值。
可选的，在另一些实施例中，该阈值信息可以是相对于预设阈值的偏移值。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该J个阈值信息可以为用于在具有第二业务类型的业务之间进行资源抢占的比较门限。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该J个阈值信息可以为用于在具有第一业务类型的业务之间进行资源抢占的比较门限。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该K个阈值信息为用于具有第二业务类型的业务抢占具有第一业务类型的业务的比较门限。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该K个阈值信息可以为用于具有第一业务类型的业务抢占具有第二业务类型的业务的比较门限。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一业务类型为单播业务，该第二业务类型为组播业务和广播业务中的任一个或全部。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一业务类型为该单播业务，该第二业务类型为非单播业务。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一业务类型为非周期业务，该第二业务类型为周期业务。
可选的，在一些实施例中，不同类型的参考信息对应的阈值信息可以是不同的。该J个阈值信息可以是在参考信息为优先级信息的情况下的用于资源抢占的比较门限。该K个阈值信息可以是在参考信息为QoS信息的情况下的用于资源抢占的比较门限。
可选的，在一些实施例中，第三配置信息对应于第一传输模式，该第四配置信息对应于第二传输模式。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一传输模式可以是基站调度模式，该第二传输模式可以是基于通信设备自动感应或自动检测进行资源选择的模式。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一通信设备获取第三配置信息和第四配置信息中的至少一个，包括：该第一通信设备获取预先配置的该第三配置信息和该第四配置信息中的至少一个。换句话说，该第三配置信息和该第四配置信息是预先配置在该第一通信设备中的。第一通信设备若希望基于该第三配置信息和/或该第四配置信息使用网络资源，则该第一通信设备可以获取预先配置的该第三配置信息和该第四配置信息中的至少一个。
可选的，在另一些实施例中，该第一通信设备获取第三配置信息和第四配置信息中的至少一个，包括：该第一通信设备接收网络设备发送的该第三配置信息和该第四配置信中的至少一个。
该网络设备可以确定该第三配置信息和该第四配置信息，并可以将确定好的第三配置信息和第四配置信息中的至少一个发送至该第一通信设备。
802，该第一通信设备可以根据获取到的配置信息使用资源。
本申请实施例中所称的资源可以是时域资源，频域资源或空间域资源中的至少一个。例如，若该资源是时域资源，则该时域资源可以是符号(symbol)，时隙(slot)子，迷你时隙(mini-slot)或子帧(subframe)中的任何一个或多个的组合。又如，若该资源是频域资源，则该资源可以是资源元素(resource element，RE)，资源块(resource block， RB)，物理资源块(physical resource block，PRB)，子信道(sub-channel)中的任何一个或多个的组合。若该资源是空间域资源，则该资源可以是波束(beam)或天线端口。
如上所述，本申请实施例可以应用于D2D通信或V2X中，因此，本申请实施例中的资源可以是边链路资源。
该第一通信设备根据获取到的配置信息使用资源，包括：该第一通信设备根据该第一通信设备的参考信息、第二通信设备的参考信息和目标阈值信息，确定是否使用该第二通信设备使用的资源，其中该目标阈值信息为该K个阈值信息中的一个或该J个阈值信息中的一个。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该目标阈值信息可以相当于图3至图6所示实施例中的目标阈值，该J个阈值信息可以相当于如表1所示的预设抢占阈值列表。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该目标阈值信息可以相当于图5所示实施例中的目标阈值，该K个阈值信息可以相当于根据如表5或表6所示的预设抢占阈值列表。
图9是根据本申请实施例提供的另一使用资源的方法的示意性流程图。
901，第一通信设备确定使用目标资源，其中该目标资源是第二通信设备的资源池中的资源，该第二通信设备的资源池与该第一通信设备的资源池不同；
902，该第一通信设备发送占用指示信息，该占用指示信息用于指示该目标资源是否能够被抢占。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该占用指示信息可以包括在该第一通信设备发送的控制信息内。换句话说，该第一设备发送的控制信息中包括一个域，该域中包括的内容就是该占用指示信息。可选的，该控制信息比数据信息提前发送。所述提前发送有助于周围的通信设备较早识别冲突，避免资源碰撞。
可选的，在另一些实施例中，该占用指示信息可以独立于该控制信息。换句话说，该第一通信设备可以单独发送该占用指示信息或者将该占用指示信息与其他信息(即别的控制信息)一起发送。可选的，该占用指示信息比该控制信息提前发送。所述提前发送有助于周围的通信设备较早识别冲突，避免资源碰撞。
该占用指示信息的长度可以是1个比特。若该比特的值为0，则表示该目标资源可以被抢占；若该比特的值为1，则表示该目标资源不可以被抢占。
图9所示的方法中，第一通信设备在使用了该第二通信设备占用的资源的情况下，可以通过占用指示信息来通知其他通信设备该资源是否可以被继续抢占。
可选的，在一些实施例中，该第一通信设备可以根据该第一通信设备的业务类型来确定该目标资源是否可以被抢占。例如，若该第一通信设备的业务类型为单播业务，则该目标资源不可以被抢占；若该第一通信设备的业务类型为广播业务或组播业务或非单播业务，则该目标资源可以被抢占。又如，若该第一通信设备的业务类型为组播业务，则该目标资源不可以被抢占；若该第一通信设备的业务类型为广播业务，则该目标资源可以被抢占。又如，若该第一通信设备的业务类型为非周期业务，则该目标资源不可以被抢占；若该第一通信设备的业务类型为周期业务，则该目标资源可以被抢占。
本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备，该通信设备可以包括接收单元和处理单元。该通信设备以执行如图3所示的方法中第一通信设备执行的步骤。换句话说，该通信设备为图3所示的方法中的第一通信设备。该接收单元，用于接收第二通信设备发送的控制信息， 该控制信息包括偏移值指示域，该偏移值指示域用于指示目标偏移值。该处理单元，用于根据该目标偏移值，确定是否使用目标资源，其中该目标资源是该第二通信设备占用的资源。该接收单元和该处理单元的具体功能和有益效果可以参见图3所示的方法，在此就不再赘述。可以理解的是，该通信设备除了包括该接收单元和处理单元外，还可以包括其他必要的单元。例如，若该通信设备为终端设备，该通信设备还可以包括输入输出单元，显出单元，天线、电源***等。
本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备，该通信设备可以包括接收单元和处理单元。该通信设备以执行如图4所示的方法中第一通信设备执行的步骤。换句话说，该通信设备为图4所示的方法中的第一通信设备。该接收单元，用于接收第二通信设备发送的控制信息，该控制信息包括业务类型指示域，该业务类型指示域用于指示该第二通信设备的业务类型。该处理单元，用于根据该第二通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用目标资源，其中该目标资源是该第二通信设备使用的资源。该接收单元和该处理单元的具体功能和有益效果可以参见图4所示的方法，在此就不再赘述。可以理解的是，该通信设备除了包括该接收单元和处理单元外，还可以包括其他必要的单元。例如，若该通信设备为终端设备，该通信设备还可以包括输入输出单元，显出单元，天线、电源***等。
本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备，该通信设备可以包括接收单元和处理单元。该通信设备以执行如图5所示的方法中第一通信设备执行的步骤。换句话说，该通信设备为图5所示的方法中的第一通信设备。该接收单元，用于接收第二通信设备发送的控制信息，该控制信息包括业务类型指示域，该业务类型指示域用于指示该第二通信设备的业务类型。该处理单元，用于根据该第二通信设备的业务类型和该第一通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用目标资源，其中该目标资源是该第二通信设备使用的资源。该接收单元和该处理单元的具体功能和有益效果可以参见图5所示的方法，在此就不再赘述。可以理解的是，该通信设备除了包括该接收单元和处理单元外，还可以包括其他必要的单元。例如，若该通信设备为终端设备，该通信设备还可以包括输入输出单元，显出单元，天线、电源***等。
本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备，该通信设备可以包括接收单元和处理单元。该通信设备以执行如图6所示的方法中第一通信设备执行的步骤。换句话说，该通信设备为图6所示的方法中的第一通信设备。该接收单元，用于接收第二通信设备发送的控制信息，该控制信息包括偏移值指示域和传输模式指示域，偏移值指示域用于指示目标偏移值，该传输模式指示域用于指示该第二通信设备的传输模式。该处理单元，用于根据该第二通信设备的传输模式和该目标偏移值，确定是否使用目标资源，其中该目标资源是该第二通信设备使用的资源。该接收单元和该处理单元的具体功能和有益效果可以参见图6所示的方法，在此就不再赘述。可以理解的是，该通信设备除了包括该接收单元和处理单元外，还可以包括其他必要的单元。例如，若该通信设备为终端设备，该通信设备还可以包括输入输出单元，显出单元，天线、电源***等。
本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备，该通信设备可以包括获取单元和处理单元。该通信设备以执行如图7所示的方法中第一通信设备执行的步骤。换句话说，该通信设备为图7所示的方法中的第一通信设备。该获取单元，用于获取第一配置信息和第二配置信息中的至少一个，该第一配置信息包括N个第一参考信息，该第二配置信息包括M个第二参 考信息，其中该N个第一参考信息与该N个第二参考信息不同，N和M均为大于或等于1的正整数。该处理单元，用于根据获取到的配置信息使用资源。该获取单元和该处理单元的具体功能和有益效果可以参见图7所示的方法，在此就不再赘述。可以理解的是，该通信设备除了包括该接收单元和处理单元外，还可以包括其他必要的单元。例如，若该通信设备为终端设备，该通信设备还可以包括输入输出单元，显出单元，天线、电源***等。
本申请实施例还提供一种网络设备，该网络设备可以包括发送单元和处理单元。该网络设备以执行如图7所示的方法中网络设备执行的步骤。该处理单元，用于确定第一配置信息和第二配置信息中的至少一个，该第一配置信息包括N个第一参考信息，该第二配置信息包括M个第二参考信息，其中该N个第一参考信息与该N个第二参考信息不同，N和M均为大于或等于1的正整数。该发送单元，用于将该第一配置信息和该第二配置信息中的至少一个发送至通信设备。该发送单元和该处理单元的具体功能和有益效果可以参见图7所示的方法，在此就不再赘述。可以理解的是，该通信设备除了包括该接收单元和处理单元外，还可以包括其他必要的单元。例如，天线、电源***等。
本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备，该通信设备可以包括获取单元和处理单元。该通信设备以执行如图8所示的方法中第一通信设备执行的步骤。换句话说，该通信设备为图8所示的方法中的第一通信设备。该获取单元，用于获取第三配置信息和第四配置信息中的至少一个，第三配置信息包括J个阈值信息，该第四配置信息包括K个阈值信息，该J个阈值信息与该K个阈值信息不同，J和K均为大于或等于1的正整数。该处理单元，用于根据获取到的配置信息使用资源。该获取单元和该处理单元的具体功能和有益效果可以参见图8所示的方法，在此就不再赘述。可以理解的是，该通信设备除了包括该接收单元和处理单元外，还可以包括其他必要的单元。例如，若该通信设备为终端设备，该通信设备还可以包括输入输出单元，显出单元，天线、电源***等。
本申请实施例还提供一种网络设备，该通信设备可以包括发送单元和处理单元。该通信设备以执行如图8所示的方法中网络设备执行的步骤。该处理单元，用于确定第三配置信息和第四配置信息，第三配置信息包括J个阈值信息，该第四配置信息包括K个阈值信息，该J个阈值信息与该K个阈值信息不同，J和K均为大于或等于1的正整数。该发送单元，用于向通信设备发送该第三配置信息和第四配置信息中的至少一个。该发送单元和该处理单元的具体功能和有益效果可以参见图8所示的方法，在此就不再赘述。可以理解的是，该通信设备除了包括该接收单元和处理单元外，还可以包括其他必要的单元。例如，天线、电源***等。
本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备，该通信设备可以包括接收单元和处理单元。该通信设备以执行如图9所示的方法中第一通信设备执行的步骤。换句话说，该通信设备为图9所示的方法中的第一通信设备。该处理单元，用于确定使用目标资源，其中该目标资源是第二通信设备的资源池中的资源，该第二通信设备的资源池与该第一通信设备的资源池不同。该发送单元，用于发送占用指示信息，该占用指示信息用于指示该目标资源是否能够被抢占。该占用指示信息可以包括在该第一通信设备发送的控制信息内。该获取单元和该处理单元的具体功能和有益效果可以参见图9所示的方法，在此就不再赘述。可以理解的是，该通信设备除了包括该接收单元和处理单元外，还可以包括其他必要的单元。例如，若该通信设备为终端设备，该通信设备还可以包括输入输出单元，显出单元，天线、电源 ***等。
图10是根据本发明实施例提供的通信设备的结构框图。如图10所示，通信设备1000包括处理器1001、存储器1002、射频电路、天线。处理器1001可以用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，以及对终端进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据等。存储器1002主要用于存储软件程序和数据。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。
当需要发送数据时，处理器1001对待发送的数据进行基带处理后，输出基带信号至射频电路，射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到通信设备时，射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号，将射频信号转换为基带信号，并将基带信号输出至处理器，处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。为便于说明，图10中仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的通信设备产品中，可以存在一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以是独立于处理器设置，也可以是与处理器集成在一起，本申请实施例对此不做限制。
在本申请实施例中，可以将具有收发功能的天线和射频电路视为通信设备的收发器1003，将具有处理功能的处理器视为通信设备的处理单元。收发器也可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发装置等。处理单元也可以称为处理器，处理单板，处理模块、处理装置等。可选的，可以将收发器1003中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元，将收发器1003中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元，即收发器1003包括接收单元和发送单元。接收单元有时也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等。发送单元有时也可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。
处理器1001、存储器1002和收发器1003之间通过内部连接通路互相通信，传递控制和/或数据信号
上述本发明实施例揭示的方法可以应用于处理器1001中，或者由处理器1001实现。处理器1001可能是一种集成电路芯片，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器1001中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。
本申请各实施例所述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本发明实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)、闪存、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器读取存储器中的指令，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。
可选的，在一些实施例中，存储器1002可以存储用于执行如图3所示方法中第一通信设备执行的方法的指令。处理器1001可以执行存储器1002中存储的指令结合其他硬件(例如收发器1003)完成如图3所示方法中第一通信设备执行的步骤，具体工作过程和 有益效果可以参见图3所示实施例中的描述。
可选的，在一些实施例中，存储器1002可以存储用于执行如图4所示方法中第一通信设备执行的方法的指令。处理器1001可以执行存储器1002中存储的指令结合其他硬件(例如收发器1003)完成如图4所示方法中第一通信设备执行的步骤，具体工作过程和有益效果可以参见图4所示实施例中的描述。
可选的，在一些实施例中，存储器1002可以存储用于执行如图5所示方法中第一通信设备执行的方法的指令。处理器1001可以执行存储器1002中存储的指令结合其他硬件(例如收发器1003)完成如图5所示方法中第一通信设备执行的步骤，具体工作过程和有益效果可以参见图5所示实施例中的描述。
可选的，在一些实施例中，存储器1002可以存储用于执行如图6所示方法中第一通信设备执行的方法的指令。处理器1001可以执行存储器1002中存储的指令结合其他硬件(例如收发器1003)完成如图6所示方法中第一通信设备执行的步骤，具体工作过程和有益效果可以参见图6所示实施例中的描述。
可选的，在一些实施例中，存储器1002可以存储用于执行如图7所示方法中第一通信设备执行的方法的指令。处理器1001可以执行存储器1002中存储的指令结合其他硬件(例如收发器1003)完成如图7所示方法中第一通信设备执行的步骤，具体工作过程和有益效果可以参见图7所示实施例中的描述。
可选的，在一些实施例中，存储器1002可以存储用于执行如图8所示方法中第一通信设备执行的方法的指令。处理器1001可以执行存储器1002中存储的指令结合其他硬件(例如收发器1003)完成如图8所示方法中第一通信设备执行的步骤，具体工作过程和有益效果可以参见图8所示实施例中的描述。
可选的，在一些实施例中，存储器1002可以存储用于执行如图9所示方法中第一通信设备执行的方法的指令。处理器1001可以执行存储器1002中存储的指令结合其他硬件(例如收发器1003)完成如图9所示方法中第一通信设备执行的步骤，具体工作过程和有益效果可以参见图9所示实施例中的描述。
本申请实施例还提供一种芯片，该芯片包括收发单元和处理单元。其中，收发单元可以是输入输出电路、通信接口；处理单元为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。该芯片可以执行上述方法实施例中第一通信设备侧的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有指令，该指令被执行时执行上述方法实施例中第一通信设备侧的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，该指令被执行时执行上述方法实施例中第一通信设备侧的方法。
图11是根据本发明实施例提供的网络设备的结构框图。图11所示的网络设备1100包括：处理器1101、存储器1102和收发器1103。
处理器1101、存储器1102和收发器1103之间通过内部连接通路互相通信，传递控制和/或数据信号。
上述本发明实施例揭示的方法可以应用于处理器1101中，或者由处理器1101实现。处理器1101可能是一种集成电路芯片，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器1101中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述 的处理器1101可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本发明实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)、闪存、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器1102，处理器1101读取存储器1102中的指令，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。
可选的，在一些实施例中，存储器1102可以存储用于执行如图8所示方法中网络设备执行的方法的指令。处理器1101可以执行存储器1102中存储的指令结合其他硬件(例如收发器1103)完成如图8所示方法中网络设备的步骤，具体工作过程和有益效果可以参见图8所示实施例中的描述。
可选的，在一些实施例中，存储器1102可以存储用于执行如图9所示方法中网络设备执行的方法的指令。处理器1101可以执行存储器1102中存储的指令结合其他硬件(例如收发器1103)完成如图9所示方法中网络设备的步骤，具体工作过程和有益效果可以参见图9所示实施例中的描述。
本申请实施例还提供一种芯片，该芯片包括收发单元和处理单元。其中，收发单元可以是输入输出电路、通信接口；处理单元为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。该芯片可以执行上述实施例中网络设备侧执行的方法。
作为本实施例的另一种形式，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有指令，该指令被执行时执行上述方法实施例中网络设备侧的方法。
作为本实施例的另一种形式，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，该指令被执行时执行上述方法实施例中网络设备侧的方法。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的***、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的***、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个***，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的 部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (38)

  1. 一种使用资源的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    第一通信设备接收第二通信设备发送的控制信息，所述控制信息包括偏移值指示域，所述偏移值指示域用于指示目标偏移值；
    所述第一通信设备根据所述目标偏移值，确定是否使用目标资源，其中所述目标资源为所述第二通信设备占用的资源。
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一通信设备根据所述目标偏移值，确定是否使用目标资源，包括：
    所述第一通信设备根据第二参考信息和所述目标偏移值，确定修正参考信息。
  3. 如权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一通信设备根据所述目标偏移值，确定是否使用目标资源，还包括：
    所述第一通信设备根据第一参考信息、所述修正参考信息和预设抢占阈值，确定是否使用所述目标资源。
  4. 如权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述控制信息还包括业务类型指示域，所述业务类型指示域用于指示所述第二通信设备的业务类型，
    所述第一通信设备根据所述目标偏移值，确定是否使用目标资源，包括：
    所述第一通信设备根据所述目标偏移值和所述第二通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用所述目标资源。
  5. 如权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二通信设备的业务类型为单播业务、组播业务或广播业务；
    所述第二通信设备的业务类型为非单播业务或所述单播业务；或者，
    所述第二通信设备的业务类型为非周期业务或周期业务。
  6. 如权利要求5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一通信设备根据所述偏移值指示域和所述第二通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用所述目标资源，包括：
    所述第一通信设备在确定所述第二通信设备的业务类型为所述单播业务或所述非周期业务的情况下，根据所述第二参考信息和所述目标偏移值，确定修正参考信息；或者
    所述第一通信设备在确定所述第二通信设备的业务类型为所述组播业务、所述广播业务、所述非单播业务或所述周期业务的情况下，根据第一参考信息、所述第二参考信息和所述预设抢占阈值，确定是否使用所述目标资源。
  7. 如权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一通信设备根据所述第二通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用目标资源，还包括：
    在确定所述修正参考信息的情况下，根据所述第一参考信息、所述修正参考信息和预设抢占阈值，确定是否使用所述目标资源。
  8. 如权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述控制信息还包括传输模式指示域，所述传输模式指示域用于指示所述第二通信设备的传输模式，
    所述第一通信设备根据所述目标偏移值，确定是否使用目标资源，包括：
    所述第一通信设备在确定所述第二通信设备的传输模式为第一传输模式的情况下，根 据所述第二参考信息和所述目标偏移值，确定修正参考信息，并根据第一参考信息、所述修正参考信息和预设抢占阈值，确定是否使用所述目标资源；
    所述第一通信设备在确定所述第二通信设备的传输模式为第二传输模式的情况下，根据第一参考信息、第二参考信息和预设抢占阈值，确定是否使用所述目标资源。
  9. 如权利要求2、5至8中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一参考信息为所述第一通信设备的优先级信息，所述第二参考信息为所述第二通信设备的优先级信息；或者，
    所述第一参考信息为所述第一通信设备的服务质量QoS信息，所述第二参考信息为所述第二通信设备的QoS信息。
  10. 一种使用资源的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    第一通信设备接收第二通信设备发送的控制信息，所述控制信息包括业务类型指示域，所述业务类型指示域用于指示所述第二通信设备的业务类型；
    所述第一通信设备根据所述第二通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用目标资源，其中所述目标资源为所述第二通信设备占用的资源。
  11. 如权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二通信设备的业务类型为单播业务、组播业务或广播业务；
    所述第二通信设备的业务类型为非单播业务或所述单播业务；或者，
    所述第二通信设备的业务类型为非周期业务或周期业务。
  12. 如权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一通信设备根据所述第二通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用目标资源，包括：
    所述第一通信设备在确定所述第二通信设备的业务类型为所述单播业务或所述非周期业务的情况下，根据第二参考信息和第一目标偏移值，确定修正参考信息；或者，
    所述第一通信设备在确定所述第二通信设备的业务类型为所述组播业务、所述广播业务、所述非单播业务或所述周期业务的情况下，根据所述第一参考信息、所述第二参考信息和所述预设抢占阈值，确定是否使用所述目标资源。
  13. 如权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一通信设备根据所述第二通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用目标资源，还包括：
    在确定所述修正参考信息的情况下，根据第一参考信息、所述修正参考信息和预设抢占阈值，确定是否使用所述目标资源。
  14. 如权利要求12或13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述控制信息还包括偏移值指示域，所述偏移值指示域用于指示所述第一目标偏移值。
  15. 如权利要求12或13所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一通信设备根据所述第二通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用目标资源之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一通信设备接收网络设备发送的第一偏移值指示信息，所述第一偏移值指示信息用于指示所述第一目标偏移值。
  16. 如权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一通信设备根据所述第二通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用目标资源，包括：
    所述第一通信设备在确定所述第二通信设备的业务类型和所述第一通信设备的业务类型不同的情况下，根据第二目标偏移值和预设抢占阈值确定修正抢占阈值。
  17. 如权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一通信设备根据所述第二通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用目标资源，还包括：
    根据第一参考信息、第二参考信息和所述修正抢占阈值，确定是否使用所述目标资源。
  18. 如权利要求16或17所述的方法，其特征在于，所述控制信息还包括偏移值指示域，所述偏移值指示域用于指示所述第二目标偏移值。
  19. 如权利要求16或17所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一通信设备根据所述第二通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用目标资源之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一通信设备接收网络设备发送的第二偏移值指示信息，所述第二偏移值指示信息用于指示所述第二目标偏移值。
  20. 如权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一通信设备根据所述第二通信设备的业务类型，确定是否使用目标资源，包括：
    所述第一通信设备在确定所述第二通信设备的业务类型和所述第一通信设备的业务类型相同的情况下，根据第一参考信息、第二参考信息和预设抢占阈值，确定是否使用所述目标资源。
  21. 如权利要求13、17或20中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一参考信息为所述第一通信设备的优先级信息，所述第二参考信息为所述第二通信设备的优先级信息；或者
    所述第一参考信息为所述第一通信设备的服务质量QoS信息，所述第二参考信息为所述第二通信设备的QoS信息。
  22. 一种使用资源的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    第一通信设备获取第一配置信息和第二配置信息中的至少一个，所述第一配置信息包括N个第一参考信息，所述第二配置信息包括M个第二参考信息，所述N个第一参考信息与所述M个第二参考信息不同，N和M均为大于或等于1的正整数；
    所述第一通信设备根据获取到的配置信息使用资源。
  23. 如权利要求22所述的方法，其特征在于，所述N个第一参考信息为N个第一优先级信息，所述M个第二参考信息为M个第二优先级信息；或者，所述N个第一参考信息为N个第一服务质量QoS信息，所述M个第二参考信息为M个第二QoS信息。
  24. 如权利要求23所述的方法，其特征在于，所述N个第一优先级信息和所述N个第一QoS对应于第一业务类型；所述N个第二优先级信息和所述N个第二QoS对应于第二业务类型。
  25. 如权利要求24所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一业务类型为单播业务，所述第二业务类型为组播业务和广播业务中的任一个或全部；或者，所述第一业务类型为所述单播业务，所述第二业务类型为非单播业务；或者，所述第一业务类型为非周期业务，所述第二业务类型为周期业务。
  26. 如权利要求24或25所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一通信设备根据获取到的配置信息使用资源，包括：在所述第一通信设备的业务类型为所述第一业务类型的情况下，所述第一通信设备发送第一控制信息，所述第一控制信息中携带所述N个第一参考信息中的一个；在所述第一通信设备的业务类型为所述第二业务类型的情况下，所述第一通信设备发送第二控制信息，所述第二控制信息中携带所述M个第二参考信息中的一个。
  27. 如权利要求24或25所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一通信设备根据获取到的配置信息使用资源，包括：在所述第一通信设备的业务类型为所述第一业务类型的情况下，所述第一通信设备根据所述N个第一参考信息中的一个与接收到的由第二通信设备发送的第一参考信息或第二参考信息，确定是否使用所述第二通信设备使用的资源；在所述第一通信设备的业务类型为所述第二业务类型的情况下，所述第一通信设备根据所述M个第二参考信息中的一个与接收到的由所述第二通信设备发送的第一参考信息或第二参考信息，确定是否使用所述第二通信设备使用的资源。
  28. 一种配置信息的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    网络设备确定第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息包括N个第一参考信息，N为大于或等于1的正整数；
    所述网络设备确定第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息包括M个第二参考信息，所述N个第一参考信息与所述M个第二参考信息不同，M为大于或等于1的正整数；
    所述网络设备向通信设备发送所述第一配置信息或所述第二配置信息中的至少一个。
  29. 如权利要求28所述的方法，其特征在于，所述N个第一参考信息为N个第一优先级信息，所述M个第二参考信息为M个第二优先级信息；或者，所述N个第一参考信息为N个第一服务质量QoS信息，所述M个第二参考信息为M个第二QoS信息。
  30. 如权利要求29所述的方法，其特征在于，所述N个第一优先级信息和所述N个第一QoS对应于第一业务类型；所述N个第二优先级信息和所述N个第二QoS对应于第二业务类型。
  31. 如权利要求30所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一业务类型为单播业务，所述第二业务类型为组播业务和广播业务中的任一个或全部；所述第一业务类型为所述单播业务，所述第二业务类型为非单播业务；或者，所述第一业务类型为非周期业务，所述第二业务类型为周期业务。
  32. 一种通信设备，其特征在于，所述通信设备包括用于实现如权利要求1至9中任一项权利要求的单元。
  33. 一种通信设备，其特征在于，所述通信设备包括用于实现如权利要求10至21中任一项权利要求的单元。
  34. 一种通信设备，其特征在于，所述通信设备包括用于实现如权利要求22至27中任一项权利要求的单元。
  35. 一种通信设备，其特征在于，所述通信设备包括用于实现如权利要求28至31中任一项权利要求的单元。
  36. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，当所述计算机程序被执行时，实现如权利要求1至9或10至21或22至27或28至31中任意一项所述的方法。
  37. 一种芯片，其特征在于，所述芯片包括处理器与数据接口，所述处理器通过所述数据接口读取存储器上存储的指令，以执行如权利要求1至9或10至21或22至27或28至31中任意一项所述的方法。
  38. 一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如权利要求1至9或10至21或22至27或28至31中任意一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2019/118914 2018-11-16 2019-11-15 使用资源的方法和通信设备 WO2020098801A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201811368561.1 2018-11-16
CN201811368561.1A CN111200801B (zh) 2018-11-16 2018-11-16 使用资源的方法和通信设备

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020098801A1 true WO2020098801A1 (zh) 2020-05-22

Family

ID=70730984

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/118914 WO2020098801A1 (zh) 2018-11-16 2019-11-15 使用资源的方法和通信设备

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN111200801B (zh)
WO (1) WO2020098801A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114337958A (zh) * 2020-10-09 2022-04-12 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 一种被用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115734292A (zh) * 2021-08-26 2023-03-03 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法及装置

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018031086A1 (en) * 2016-08-12 2018-02-15 Intel Corporation Ue autonomous resource selection procedures in vehicle-to-vehicle communications with power threshold determination
CN108029115A (zh) * 2015-09-15 2018-05-11 Lg电子株式会社 无线通信***中在终端之间的直接通信方法及其设备

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9137797B2 (en) * 2012-05-30 2015-09-15 Intel Corporation Techniques to manage heterogenous carrier types
WO2015152581A1 (ko) * 2014-03-30 2015-10-08 엘지전자(주) 단말 간 통신을 지원하는 무선 통신 시스템에서 하향링크 제어 정보 송수신 방법 및 이를 위한 장치
CN105024781B (zh) * 2014-04-30 2019-06-21 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种反馈信息的处理方法、装置及***
WO2016095119A1 (zh) * 2014-12-17 2016-06-23 华为技术有限公司 用户设备、基站及d2d通信的方法
WO2016163848A1 (ko) * 2015-04-10 2016-10-13 엘지전자 주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 우선순위를 고려하여 d2d 신호를 송수신 하는 방법 및 장치
CN107231217B (zh) * 2016-03-25 2020-08-07 电信科学技术研究院 一种反馈信息的传输方法及装置
CN107666684B (zh) * 2016-07-29 2021-03-23 普天信息技术有限公司 资源抢占方法及***
US10236933B2 (en) * 2016-10-07 2019-03-19 Qualcomm Incorporated Timing offset compensation for inter-link interference cancellation

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108029115A (zh) * 2015-09-15 2018-05-11 Lg电子株式会社 无线通信***中在终端之间的直接通信方法及其设备
WO2018031086A1 (en) * 2016-08-12 2018-02-15 Intel Corporation Ue autonomous resource selection procedures in vehicle-to-vehicle communications with power threshold determination

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114337958A (zh) * 2020-10-09 2022-04-12 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 一种被用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
CN114337958B (zh) * 2020-10-09 2024-03-22 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 一种被用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111200801B (zh) 2021-09-14
CN111200801A (zh) 2020-05-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN109479314B (zh) 用于处理下一代通信***中的冲突的方法和设备
CN111615192B (zh) 传输数据的方法和通信装置
EP3890408A1 (en) Signal sending method and device, and priority configuration method and device
CN111148263A (zh) 发送数据的方法及其装置
CN112153705B (zh) 一种通信方法及设备
EP4369833A2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving reference signal for sidelink data in wireless communication system
WO2020025042A1 (zh) 资源配置的方法和终端设备
WO2022110233A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法、终端设备和网络设备
US20210153168A1 (en) Initializing sequence generators to facilitate sidelink communications
WO2020216297A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
CN116097849A (zh) 在nr v2x中基于辅助信息执行sl通信的方法和装置
WO2020098801A1 (zh) 使用资源的方法和通信设备
US11758578B2 (en) Releasing reserved resources for sidelink resource allocations
CN116158037A (zh) 用于在nr v2x中向基站报告sl harq反馈的方法和设备
WO2019051654A1 (zh) 一种逻辑信道的资源确定方法及装置、计算机存储介质
US20230269703A1 (en) Remaining minimum system information (rmsi) transmission for sidelink
CN114423080A (zh) 资源分配的方法和设备
US11743014B2 (en) Reference signal receive power adaptation for sidelink traffic
WO2022222106A1 (zh) 传输物理侧行反馈信道psfch的方法和终端设备
WO2022141629A1 (zh) 资源确定方法、第一终端设备和第二终端设备
WO2021248456A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法及设备
CN118160397A (zh) 无线通信的方法和终端设备
CN116615945A (zh) Nr sl辅助信息消息的计时方面
WO2021056222A1 (zh) 一种资源调度方法及装置
CN113892246A (zh) 用于侧链路传输的解调参考信号配置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19883830

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19883830

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1